Sema.h revision 9ff2b421f352fe0a0769c0a2a75af922c147b878
1//===--- Sema.h - Semantic Analysis & AST Building --------------*- C++ -*-===//
2//
3//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file defines the Sema class, which performs semantic analysis and
11// builds ASTs.
12//
13//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
14
15#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H
16#define LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H
17
18#include "clang/AST/Attr.h"
19#include "clang/AST/DeclarationName.h"
20#include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
21#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
22#include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h"
23#include "clang/AST/LambdaMangleContext.h"
24#include "clang/AST/NSAPI.h"
25#include "clang/AST/PrettyPrinter.h"
26#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h"
27#include "clang/Basic/ExpressionTraits.h"
28#include "clang/Basic/LangOptions.h"
29#include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h"
30#include "clang/Basic/TemplateKinds.h"
31#include "clang/Basic/TypeTraits.h"
32#include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h"
33#include "clang/Sema/AnalysisBasedWarnings.h"
34#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
35#include "clang/Sema/ExternalSemaSource.h"
36#include "clang/Sema/IdentifierResolver.h"
37#include "clang/Sema/LocInfoType.h"
38#include "clang/Sema/ObjCMethodList.h"
39#include "clang/Sema/Ownership.h"
40#include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
41#include "clang/Sema/TypoCorrection.h"
42#include "clang/Sema/Weak.h"
43#include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h"
44#include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h"
45#include "llvm/ADT/OwningPtr.h"
46#include "llvm/ADT/SetVector.h"
47#include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h"
48#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
49#include "llvm/MC/MCParser/MCAsmParser.h"
50#include <deque>
51#include <string>
52
53namespace llvm {
54  class APSInt;
55  template <typename ValueT> struct DenseMapInfo;
56  template <typename ValueT, typename ValueInfoT> class DenseSet;
57  class SmallBitVector;
58}
59
60namespace clang {
61  class ADLResult;
62  class ASTConsumer;
63  class ASTContext;
64  class ASTMutationListener;
65  class ASTReader;
66  class ASTWriter;
67  class ArrayType;
68  class AttributeList;
69  class BlockDecl;
70  class CapturedDecl;
71  class CXXBasePath;
72  class CXXBasePaths;
73  class CXXBindTemporaryExpr;
74  typedef SmallVector<CXXBaseSpecifier*, 4> CXXCastPath;
75  class CXXConstructorDecl;
76  class CXXConversionDecl;
77  class CXXDestructorDecl;
78  class CXXFieldCollector;
79  class CXXMemberCallExpr;
80  class CXXMethodDecl;
81  class CXXScopeSpec;
82  class CXXTemporary;
83  class CXXTryStmt;
84  class CallExpr;
85  class ClassTemplateDecl;
86  class ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl;
87  class ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl;
88  class CodeCompleteConsumer;
89  class CodeCompletionAllocator;
90  class CodeCompletionTUInfo;
91  class CodeCompletionResult;
92  class Decl;
93  class DeclAccessPair;
94  class DeclContext;
95  class DeclRefExpr;
96  class DeclaratorDecl;
97  class DeducedTemplateArgument;
98  class DependentDiagnostic;
99  class DesignatedInitExpr;
100  class Designation;
101  class EnumConstantDecl;
102  class Expr;
103  class ExtVectorType;
104  class ExternalSemaSource;
105  class FormatAttr;
106  class FriendDecl;
107  class FunctionDecl;
108  class FunctionProtoType;
109  class FunctionTemplateDecl;
110  class ImplicitConversionSequence;
111  class InitListExpr;
112  class InitializationKind;
113  class InitializationSequence;
114  class InitializedEntity;
115  class IntegerLiteral;
116  class LabelStmt;
117  class LambdaExpr;
118  class LangOptions;
119  class LocalInstantiationScope;
120  class LookupResult;
121  class MacroInfo;
122  class MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList;
123  class NamedDecl;
124  class NonNullAttr;
125  class ObjCCategoryDecl;
126  class ObjCCategoryImplDecl;
127  class ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl;
128  class ObjCContainerDecl;
129  class ObjCImplDecl;
130  class ObjCImplementationDecl;
131  class ObjCInterfaceDecl;
132  class ObjCIvarDecl;
133  template <class T> class ObjCList;
134  class ObjCMessageExpr;
135  class ObjCMethodDecl;
136  class ObjCPropertyDecl;
137  class ObjCProtocolDecl;
138  class OMPThreadPrivateDecl;
139  class OverloadCandidateSet;
140  class OverloadExpr;
141  class ParenListExpr;
142  class ParmVarDecl;
143  class Preprocessor;
144  class PseudoDestructorTypeStorage;
145  class PseudoObjectExpr;
146  class QualType;
147  class StandardConversionSequence;
148  class Stmt;
149  class StringLiteral;
150  class SwitchStmt;
151  class TargetAttributesSema;
152  class TemplateArgument;
153  class TemplateArgumentList;
154  class TemplateArgumentLoc;
155  class TemplateDecl;
156  class TemplateParameterList;
157  class TemplatePartialOrderingContext;
158  class TemplateTemplateParmDecl;
159  class Token;
160  class TypeAliasDecl;
161  class TypedefDecl;
162  class TypedefNameDecl;
163  class TypeLoc;
164  class UnqualifiedId;
165  class UnresolvedLookupExpr;
166  class UnresolvedMemberExpr;
167  class UnresolvedSetImpl;
168  class UnresolvedSetIterator;
169  class UsingDecl;
170  class UsingShadowDecl;
171  class ValueDecl;
172  class VarDecl;
173  class VisibilityAttr;
174  class VisibleDeclConsumer;
175  class IndirectFieldDecl;
176
177namespace sema {
178  class AccessedEntity;
179  class BlockScopeInfo;
180  class CapturedRegionScopeInfo;
181  class CapturingScopeInfo;
182  class CompoundScopeInfo;
183  class DelayedDiagnostic;
184  class DelayedDiagnosticPool;
185  class FunctionScopeInfo;
186  class LambdaScopeInfo;
187  class PossiblyUnreachableDiag;
188  class TemplateDeductionInfo;
189}
190
191// FIXME: No way to easily map from TemplateTypeParmTypes to
192// TemplateTypeParmDecls, so we have this horrible PointerUnion.
193typedef std::pair<llvm::PointerUnion<const TemplateTypeParmType*, NamedDecl*>,
194                  SourceLocation> UnexpandedParameterPack;
195
196/// Sema - This implements semantic analysis and AST building for C.
197class Sema {
198  Sema(const Sema &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
199  void operator=(const Sema &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
200  mutable const TargetAttributesSema* TheTargetAttributesSema;
201
202  ///\brief Source of additional semantic information.
203  ExternalSemaSource *ExternalSource;
204
205  ///\brief Whether Sema has generated a multiplexer and has to delete it.
206  bool isMultiplexExternalSource;
207
208  static bool mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *FD);
209
210  static bool
211  shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(const NamedDecl *Old, const NamedDecl *New) {
212    // We are about to link these. It is now safe to compute the linkage of
213    // the new decl. If the new decl has external linkage, we will
214    // link it with the hidden decl (which also has external linkage) and
215    // it will keep having external linkage. If it has internal linkage, we
216    // will not link it. Since it has no previous decls, it will remain
217    // with internal linkage.
218    return !Old->isHidden() || New->hasExternalLinkage();
219  }
220
221public:
222  typedef OpaquePtr<DeclGroupRef> DeclGroupPtrTy;
223  typedef OpaquePtr<TemplateName> TemplateTy;
224  typedef OpaquePtr<QualType> TypeTy;
225
226  OpenCLOptions OpenCLFeatures;
227  FPOptions FPFeatures;
228
229  const LangOptions &LangOpts;
230  Preprocessor &PP;
231  ASTContext &Context;
232  ASTConsumer &Consumer;
233  DiagnosticsEngine &Diags;
234  SourceManager &SourceMgr;
235
236  /// \brief Flag indicating whether or not to collect detailed statistics.
237  bool CollectStats;
238
239  /// \brief Code-completion consumer.
240  CodeCompleteConsumer *CodeCompleter;
241
242  /// CurContext - This is the current declaration context of parsing.
243  DeclContext *CurContext;
244
245  /// \brief Generally null except when we temporarily switch decl contexts,
246  /// like in \see ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext.
247  DeclContext *OriginalLexicalContext;
248
249  /// VAListTagName - The declaration name corresponding to __va_list_tag.
250  /// This is used as part of a hack to omit that class from ADL results.
251  DeclarationName VAListTagName;
252
253  /// PackContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma pack. An alignment
254  /// of 0 indicates default alignment.
255  void *PackContext; // Really a "PragmaPackStack*"
256
257  bool MSStructPragmaOn; // True when \#pragma ms_struct on
258
259  /// VisContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma GCC visibility.
260  void *VisContext; // Really a "PragmaVisStack*"
261
262  /// \brief Flag indicating if Sema is building a recovery call expression.
263  ///
264  /// This flag is used to avoid building recovery call expressions
265  /// if Sema is already doing so, which would cause infinite recursions.
266  bool IsBuildingRecoveryCallExpr;
267
268  /// ExprNeedsCleanups - True if the current evaluation context
269  /// requires cleanups to be run at its conclusion.
270  bool ExprNeedsCleanups;
271
272  /// ExprCleanupObjects - This is the stack of objects requiring
273  /// cleanup that are created by the current full expression.  The
274  /// element type here is ExprWithCleanups::Object.
275  SmallVector<BlockDecl*, 8> ExprCleanupObjects;
276
277  llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 2> MaybeODRUseExprs;
278
279  /// \brief Stack containing information about each of the nested
280  /// function, block, and method scopes that are currently active.
281  ///
282  /// This array is never empty.  Clients should ignore the first
283  /// element, which is used to cache a single FunctionScopeInfo
284  /// that's used to parse every top-level function.
285  SmallVector<sema::FunctionScopeInfo *, 4> FunctionScopes;
286
287  typedef LazyVector<TypedefNameDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
288                     &ExternalSemaSource::ReadExtVectorDecls, 2, 2>
289    ExtVectorDeclsType;
290
291  /// ExtVectorDecls - This is a list all the extended vector types. This allows
292  /// us to associate a raw vector type with one of the ext_vector type names.
293  /// This is only necessary for issuing pretty diagnostics.
294  ExtVectorDeclsType ExtVectorDecls;
295
296  /// FieldCollector - Collects CXXFieldDecls during parsing of C++ classes.
297  OwningPtr<CXXFieldCollector> FieldCollector;
298
299  typedef llvm::SmallSetVector<const NamedDecl*, 16> NamedDeclSetType;
300
301  /// \brief Set containing all declared private fields that are not used.
302  NamedDeclSetType UnusedPrivateFields;
303
304  typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<const CXXRecordDecl*, 8> RecordDeclSetTy;
305
306  /// PureVirtualClassDiagSet - a set of class declarations which we have
307  /// emitted a list of pure virtual functions. Used to prevent emitting the
308  /// same list more than once.
309  OwningPtr<RecordDeclSetTy> PureVirtualClassDiagSet;
310
311  /// ParsingInitForAutoVars - a set of declarations with auto types for which
312  /// we are currently parsing the initializer.
313  llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Decl*, 4> ParsingInitForAutoVars;
314
315  /// \brief A mapping from external names to the most recent
316  /// locally-scoped extern "C" declaration with that name.
317  ///
318  /// This map contains external declarations introduced in local
319  /// scopes, e.g.,
320  ///
321  /// \code
322  /// extern "C" void f() {
323  ///   void foo(int, int);
324  /// }
325  /// \endcode
326  ///
327  /// Here, the name "foo" will be associated with the declaration of
328  /// "foo" within f. This name is not visible outside of
329  /// "f". However, we still find it in two cases:
330  ///
331  ///   - If we are declaring another global or extern "C" entity with
332  ///     the name "foo", we can find "foo" as a previous declaration,
333  ///     so that the types of this external declaration can be checked
334  ///     for compatibility.
335  ///
336  ///   - If we would implicitly declare "foo" (e.g., due to a call to
337  ///     "foo" in C when no prototype or definition is visible), then
338  ///     we find this declaration of "foo" and complain that it is
339  ///     not visible.
340  llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *> LocallyScopedExternCDecls;
341
342  /// \brief Look for a locally scoped extern "C" declaration by the given name.
343  llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator
344  findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name);
345
346  typedef LazyVector<VarDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
347                     &ExternalSemaSource::ReadTentativeDefinitions, 2, 2>
348    TentativeDefinitionsType;
349
350  /// \brief All the tentative definitions encountered in the TU.
351  TentativeDefinitionsType TentativeDefinitions;
352
353  typedef LazyVector<const DeclaratorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
354                     &ExternalSemaSource::ReadUnusedFileScopedDecls, 2, 2>
355    UnusedFileScopedDeclsType;
356
357  /// \brief The set of file scoped decls seen so far that have not been used
358  /// and must warn if not used. Only contains the first declaration.
359  UnusedFileScopedDeclsType UnusedFileScopedDecls;
360
361  typedef LazyVector<CXXConstructorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
362                     &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDelegatingConstructors, 2, 2>
363    DelegatingCtorDeclsType;
364
365  /// \brief All the delegating constructors seen so far in the file, used for
366  /// cycle detection at the end of the TU.
367  DelegatingCtorDeclsType DelegatingCtorDecls;
368
369  /// \brief All the destructors seen during a class definition that had their
370  /// exception spec computation delayed because it depended on an unparsed
371  /// exception spec.
372  SmallVector<CXXDestructorDecl*, 2> DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecs;
373
374  /// \brief All the overriding destructors seen during a class definition
375  /// (there could be multiple due to nested classes) that had their exception
376  /// spec checks delayed, plus the overridden destructor.
377  SmallVector<std::pair<const CXXDestructorDecl*,
378                              const CXXDestructorDecl*>, 2>
379      DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecChecks;
380
381  /// \brief All the members seen during a class definition which were both
382  /// explicitly defaulted and had explicitly-specified exception
383  /// specifications, along with the function type containing their
384  /// user-specified exception specification. Those exception specifications
385  /// were overridden with the default specifications, but we still need to
386  /// check whether they are compatible with the default specification, and
387  /// we can't do that until the nesting set of class definitions is complete.
388  SmallVector<std::pair<CXXMethodDecl*, const FunctionProtoType*>, 2>
389    DelayedDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs;
390
391  /// \brief Callback to the parser to parse templated functions when needed.
392  typedef void LateTemplateParserCB(void *P, const FunctionDecl *FD);
393  LateTemplateParserCB *LateTemplateParser;
394  void *OpaqueParser;
395
396  void SetLateTemplateParser(LateTemplateParserCB *LTP, void *P) {
397    LateTemplateParser = LTP;
398    OpaqueParser = P;
399  }
400
401  class DelayedDiagnostics;
402
403  class DelayedDiagnosticsState {
404    sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *SavedPool;
405    friend class Sema::DelayedDiagnostics;
406  };
407  typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ParsingDeclState;
408  typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ProcessingContextState;
409
410  /// A class which encapsulates the logic for delaying diagnostics
411  /// during parsing and other processing.
412  class DelayedDiagnostics {
413    /// \brief The current pool of diagnostics into which delayed
414    /// diagnostics should go.
415    sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *CurPool;
416
417  public:
418    DelayedDiagnostics() : CurPool(0) {}
419
420    /// Adds a delayed diagnostic.
421    void add(const sema::DelayedDiagnostic &diag); // in DelayedDiagnostic.h
422
423    /// Determines whether diagnostics should be delayed.
424    bool shouldDelayDiagnostics() { return CurPool != 0; }
425
426    /// Returns the current delayed-diagnostics pool.
427    sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *getCurrentPool() const {
428      return CurPool;
429    }
430
431    /// Enter a new scope.  Access and deprecation diagnostics will be
432    /// collected in this pool.
433    DelayedDiagnosticsState push(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) {
434      DelayedDiagnosticsState state;
435      state.SavedPool = CurPool;
436      CurPool = &pool;
437      return state;
438    }
439
440    /// Leave a delayed-diagnostic state that was previously pushed.
441    /// Do not emit any of the diagnostics.  This is performed as part
442    /// of the bookkeeping of popping a pool "properly".
443    void popWithoutEmitting(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) {
444      CurPool = state.SavedPool;
445    }
446
447    /// Enter a new scope where access and deprecation diagnostics are
448    /// not delayed.
449    DelayedDiagnosticsState pushUndelayed() {
450      DelayedDiagnosticsState state;
451      state.SavedPool = CurPool;
452      CurPool = 0;
453      return state;
454    }
455
456    /// Undo a previous pushUndelayed().
457    void popUndelayed(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) {
458      assert(CurPool == NULL);
459      CurPool = state.SavedPool;
460    }
461  } DelayedDiagnostics;
462
463  /// A RAII object to temporarily push a declaration context.
464  class ContextRAII {
465  private:
466    Sema &S;
467    DeclContext *SavedContext;
468    ProcessingContextState SavedContextState;
469    QualType SavedCXXThisTypeOverride;
470
471  public:
472    ContextRAII(Sema &S, DeclContext *ContextToPush)
473      : S(S), SavedContext(S.CurContext),
474        SavedContextState(S.DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed()),
475        SavedCXXThisTypeOverride(S.CXXThisTypeOverride)
476    {
477      assert(ContextToPush && "pushing null context");
478      S.CurContext = ContextToPush;
479    }
480
481    void pop() {
482      if (!SavedContext) return;
483      S.CurContext = SavedContext;
484      S.DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(SavedContextState);
485      S.CXXThisTypeOverride = SavedCXXThisTypeOverride;
486      SavedContext = 0;
487    }
488
489    ~ContextRAII() {
490      pop();
491    }
492  };
493
494  /// \brief RAII object to handle the state changes required to synthesize
495  /// a function body.
496  class SynthesizedFunctionScope {
497    Sema &S;
498    Sema::ContextRAII SavedContext;
499
500  public:
501    SynthesizedFunctionScope(Sema &S, DeclContext *DC)
502      : S(S), SavedContext(S, DC)
503    {
504      S.PushFunctionScope();
505      S.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema::PotentiallyEvaluated);
506    }
507
508    ~SynthesizedFunctionScope() {
509      S.PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
510      S.PopFunctionScopeInfo();
511    }
512  };
513
514  /// WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in
515  /// \#pragma weak before declared. rare. may alias another
516  /// identifier, declared or undeclared
517  llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers;
518
519  /// ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in
520  /// \#pragma redefine_extname before declared.  Used in Solaris system headers
521  /// to define functions that occur in multiple standards to call the version
522  /// in the currently selected standard.
523  llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*> ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers;
524
525
526  /// \brief Load weak undeclared identifiers from the external source.
527  void LoadExternalWeakUndeclaredIdentifiers();
528
529  /// WeakTopLevelDecl - Translation-unit scoped declarations generated by
530  /// \#pragma weak during processing of other Decls.
531  /// I couldn't figure out a clean way to generate these in-line, so
532  /// we store them here and handle separately -- which is a hack.
533  /// It would be best to refactor this.
534  SmallVector<Decl*,2> WeakTopLevelDecl;
535
536  IdentifierResolver IdResolver;
537
538  /// Translation Unit Scope - useful to Objective-C actions that need
539  /// to lookup file scope declarations in the "ordinary" C decl namespace.
540  /// For example, user-defined classes, built-in "id" type, etc.
541  Scope *TUScope;
542
543  /// \brief The C++ "std" namespace, where the standard library resides.
544  LazyDeclPtr StdNamespace;
545
546  /// \brief The C++ "std::bad_alloc" class, which is defined by the C++
547  /// standard library.
548  LazyDeclPtr StdBadAlloc;
549
550  /// \brief The C++ "std::initializer_list" template, which is defined in
551  /// \<initializer_list>.
552  ClassTemplateDecl *StdInitializerList;
553
554  /// \brief The C++ "type_info" declaration, which is defined in \<typeinfo>.
555  RecordDecl *CXXTypeInfoDecl;
556
557  /// \brief The MSVC "_GUID" struct, which is defined in MSVC header files.
558  RecordDecl *MSVCGuidDecl;
559
560  /// \brief Caches identifiers/selectors for NSFoundation APIs.
561  OwningPtr<NSAPI> NSAPIObj;
562
563  /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSNumber class.
564  ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSNumberDecl;
565
566  /// \brief Pointer to NSNumber type (NSNumber *).
567  QualType NSNumberPointer;
568
569  /// \brief The Objective-C NSNumber methods used to create NSNumber literals.
570  ObjCMethodDecl *NSNumberLiteralMethods[NSAPI::NumNSNumberLiteralMethods];
571
572  /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSString class.
573  ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSStringDecl;
574
575  /// \brief Pointer to NSString type (NSString *).
576  QualType NSStringPointer;
577
578  /// \brief The declaration of the stringWithUTF8String: method.
579  ObjCMethodDecl *StringWithUTF8StringMethod;
580
581  /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSArray class.
582  ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSArrayDecl;
583
584  /// \brief The declaration of the arrayWithObjects:count: method.
585  ObjCMethodDecl *ArrayWithObjectsMethod;
586
587  /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSDictionary class.
588  ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSDictionaryDecl;
589
590  /// \brief The declaration of the dictionaryWithObjects:forKeys:count: method.
591  ObjCMethodDecl *DictionaryWithObjectsMethod;
592
593  /// \brief id<NSCopying> type.
594  QualType QIDNSCopying;
595
596  /// \brief will hold 'respondsToSelector:'
597  Selector RespondsToSelectorSel;
598
599  /// A flag to remember whether the implicit forms of operator new and delete
600  /// have been declared.
601  bool GlobalNewDeleteDeclared;
602
603  /// \brief Describes how the expressions currently being parsed are
604  /// evaluated at run-time, if at all.
605  enum ExpressionEvaluationContext {
606    /// \brief The current expression and its subexpressions occur within an
607    /// unevaluated operand (C++11 [expr]p7), such as the subexpression of
608    /// \c sizeof, where the type of the expression may be significant but
609    /// no code will be generated to evaluate the value of the expression at
610    /// run time.
611    Unevaluated,
612
613    /// \brief The current context is "potentially evaluated" in C++11 terms,
614    /// but the expression is evaluated at compile-time (like the values of
615    /// cases in a switch statment).
616    ConstantEvaluated,
617
618    /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated at run time,
619    /// which means that code may be generated to evaluate the value of the
620    /// expression at run time.
621    PotentiallyEvaluated,
622
623    /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated, but any
624    /// declarations referenced inside that expression are only used if
625    /// in fact the current expression is used.
626    ///
627    /// This value is used when parsing default function arguments, for which
628    /// we would like to provide diagnostics (e.g., passing non-POD arguments
629    /// through varargs) but do not want to mark declarations as "referenced"
630    /// until the default argument is used.
631    PotentiallyEvaluatedIfUsed
632  };
633
634  /// \brief Data structure used to record current or nested
635  /// expression evaluation contexts.
636  struct ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord {
637    /// \brief The expression evaluation context.
638    ExpressionEvaluationContext Context;
639
640    /// \brief Whether the enclosing context needed a cleanup.
641    bool ParentNeedsCleanups;
642
643    /// \brief Whether we are in a decltype expression.
644    bool IsDecltype;
645
646    /// \brief The number of active cleanup objects when we entered
647    /// this expression evaluation context.
648    unsigned NumCleanupObjects;
649
650    llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 2> SavedMaybeODRUseExprs;
651
652    /// \brief The lambdas that are present within this context, if it
653    /// is indeed an unevaluated context.
654    SmallVector<LambdaExpr *, 2> Lambdas;
655
656    /// \brief The declaration that provides context for the lambda expression
657    /// if the normal declaration context does not suffice, e.g., in a
658    /// default function argument.
659    Decl *LambdaContextDecl;
660
661    /// \brief The context information used to mangle lambda expressions
662    /// within this context.
663    ///
664    /// This mangling information is allocated lazily, since most contexts
665    /// do not have lambda expressions.
666    IntrusiveRefCntPtr<LambdaMangleContext> LambdaMangle;
667
668    /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of call expressions
669    /// for which we have deferred checking the completeness of the return type.
670    SmallVector<CallExpr *, 8> DelayedDecltypeCalls;
671
672    /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of temporary binding
673    /// expressions for which we have deferred checking the destructor.
674    SmallVector<CXXBindTemporaryExpr *, 8> DelayedDecltypeBinds;
675
676    ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord(ExpressionEvaluationContext Context,
677                                      unsigned NumCleanupObjects,
678                                      bool ParentNeedsCleanups,
679                                      Decl *LambdaContextDecl,
680                                      bool IsDecltype)
681      : Context(Context), ParentNeedsCleanups(ParentNeedsCleanups),
682        IsDecltype(IsDecltype), NumCleanupObjects(NumCleanupObjects),
683        LambdaContextDecl(LambdaContextDecl), LambdaMangle() { }
684
685    /// \brief Retrieve the mangling context for lambdas.
686    LambdaMangleContext &getLambdaMangleContext() {
687      assert(LambdaContextDecl && "Need to have a lambda context declaration");
688      if (!LambdaMangle)
689        LambdaMangle = new LambdaMangleContext;
690      return *LambdaMangle;
691    }
692  };
693
694  /// A stack of expression evaluation contexts.
695  SmallVector<ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord, 8> ExprEvalContexts;
696
697  /// SpecialMemberOverloadResult - The overloading result for a special member
698  /// function.
699  ///
700  /// This is basically a wrapper around PointerIntPair. The lowest bits of the
701  /// integer are used to determine whether overload resolution succeeded.
702  class SpecialMemberOverloadResult : public llvm::FastFoldingSetNode {
703  public:
704    enum Kind {
705      NoMemberOrDeleted,
706      Ambiguous,
707      Success
708    };
709
710  private:
711    llvm::PointerIntPair<CXXMethodDecl*, 2> Pair;
712
713  public:
714    SpecialMemberOverloadResult(const llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID)
715      : FastFoldingSetNode(ID)
716    {}
717
718    CXXMethodDecl *getMethod() const { return Pair.getPointer(); }
719    void setMethod(CXXMethodDecl *MD) { Pair.setPointer(MD); }
720
721    Kind getKind() const { return static_cast<Kind>(Pair.getInt()); }
722    void setKind(Kind K) { Pair.setInt(K); }
723  };
724
725  /// \brief A cache of special member function overload resolution results
726  /// for C++ records.
727  llvm::FoldingSet<SpecialMemberOverloadResult> SpecialMemberCache;
728
729  /// \brief The kind of translation unit we are processing.
730  ///
731  /// When we're processing a complete translation unit, Sema will perform
732  /// end-of-translation-unit semantic tasks (such as creating
733  /// initializers for tentative definitions in C) once parsing has
734  /// completed. Modules and precompiled headers perform different kinds of
735  /// checks.
736  TranslationUnitKind TUKind;
737
738  llvm::BumpPtrAllocator BumpAlloc;
739
740  /// \brief The number of SFINAE diagnostics that have been trapped.
741  unsigned NumSFINAEErrors;
742
743  typedef llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, SmallVector<ParmVarDecl *, 1> >
744    UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap;
745
746  /// \brief A mapping from parameters with unparsed default arguments to the
747  /// set of instantiations of each parameter.
748  ///
749  /// This mapping is a temporary data structure used when parsing
750  /// nested class templates or nested classes of class templates,
751  /// where we might end up instantiating an inner class before the
752  /// default arguments of its methods have been parsed.
753  UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiations;
754
755  // Contains the locations of the beginning of unparsed default
756  // argument locations.
757  llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, SourceLocation> UnparsedDefaultArgLocs;
758
759  /// UndefinedInternals - all the used, undefined objects which require a
760  /// definition in this translation unit.
761  llvm::DenseMap<NamedDecl *, SourceLocation> UndefinedButUsed;
762
763  /// Obtain a sorted list of functions that are undefined but ODR-used.
764  void getUndefinedButUsed(
765    llvm::SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<NamedDecl *, SourceLocation> > &Undefined);
766
767  typedef std::pair<ObjCMethodList, ObjCMethodList> GlobalMethods;
768  typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, GlobalMethods> GlobalMethodPool;
769
770  /// Method Pool - allows efficient lookup when typechecking messages to "id".
771  /// We need to maintain a list, since selectors can have differing signatures
772  /// across classes. In Cocoa, this happens to be extremely uncommon (only 1%
773  /// of selectors are "overloaded").
774  /// At the head of the list it is recorded whether there were 0, 1, or >= 2
775  /// methods inside categories with a particular selector.
776  GlobalMethodPool MethodPool;
777
778  /// Method selectors used in a \@selector expression. Used for implementation
779  /// of -Wselector.
780  llvm::DenseMap<Selector, SourceLocation> ReferencedSelectors;
781
782  /// Kinds of C++ special members.
783  enum CXXSpecialMember {
784    CXXDefaultConstructor,
785    CXXCopyConstructor,
786    CXXMoveConstructor,
787    CXXCopyAssignment,
788    CXXMoveAssignment,
789    CXXDestructor,
790    CXXInvalid
791  };
792
793  typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, CXXSpecialMember> SpecialMemberDecl;
794
795  /// The C++ special members which we are currently in the process of
796  /// declaring. If this process recursively triggers the declaration of the
797  /// same special member, we should act as if it is not yet declared.
798  llvm::SmallSet<SpecialMemberDecl, 4> SpecialMembersBeingDeclared;
799
800  void ReadMethodPool(Selector Sel);
801
802  /// Private Helper predicate to check for 'self'.
803  bool isSelfExpr(Expr *RExpr);
804
805  /// \brief Cause the active diagnostic on the DiagosticsEngine to be
806  /// emitted. This is closely coupled to the SemaDiagnosticBuilder class and
807  /// should not be used elsewhere.
808  void EmitCurrentDiagnostic(unsigned DiagID);
809
810  /// Records and restores the FP_CONTRACT state on entry/exit of compound
811  /// statements.
812  class FPContractStateRAII {
813  public:
814    FPContractStateRAII(Sema& S)
815      : S(S), OldFPContractState(S.FPFeatures.fp_contract) {}
816    ~FPContractStateRAII() {
817      S.FPFeatures.fp_contract = OldFPContractState;
818    }
819  private:
820    Sema& S;
821    bool OldFPContractState : 1;
822  };
823
824  typedef llvm::MCAsmParserSemaCallback::InlineAsmIdentifierInfo
825    InlineAsmIdentifierInfo;
826
827public:
828  Sema(Preprocessor &pp, ASTContext &ctxt, ASTConsumer &consumer,
829       TranslationUnitKind TUKind = TU_Complete,
830       CodeCompleteConsumer *CompletionConsumer = 0);
831  ~Sema();
832
833  /// \brief Perform initialization that occurs after the parser has been
834  /// initialized but before it parses anything.
835  void Initialize();
836
837  const LangOptions &getLangOpts() const { return LangOpts; }
838  OpenCLOptions &getOpenCLOptions() { return OpenCLFeatures; }
839  FPOptions     &getFPOptions() { return FPFeatures; }
840
841  DiagnosticsEngine &getDiagnostics() const { return Diags; }
842  SourceManager &getSourceManager() const { return SourceMgr; }
843  const TargetAttributesSema &getTargetAttributesSema() const;
844  Preprocessor &getPreprocessor() const { return PP; }
845  ASTContext &getASTContext() const { return Context; }
846  ASTConsumer &getASTConsumer() const { return Consumer; }
847  ASTMutationListener *getASTMutationListener() const;
848  ExternalSemaSource* getExternalSource() const { return ExternalSource; }
849
850  ///\brief Registers an external source. If an external source already exists,
851  /// creates a multiplex external source and appends to it.
852  ///
853  ///\param[in] E - A non-null external sema source.
854  ///
855  void addExternalSource(ExternalSemaSource *E);
856
857  void PrintStats() const;
858
859  /// \brief Helper class that creates diagnostics with optional
860  /// template instantiation stacks.
861  ///
862  /// This class provides a wrapper around the basic DiagnosticBuilder
863  /// class that emits diagnostics. SemaDiagnosticBuilder is
864  /// responsible for emitting the diagnostic (as DiagnosticBuilder
865  /// does) and, if the diagnostic comes from inside a template
866  /// instantiation, printing the template instantiation stack as
867  /// well.
868  class SemaDiagnosticBuilder : public DiagnosticBuilder {
869    Sema &SemaRef;
870    unsigned DiagID;
871
872  public:
873    SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DiagnosticBuilder &DB, Sema &SemaRef, unsigned DiagID)
874      : DiagnosticBuilder(DB), SemaRef(SemaRef), DiagID(DiagID) { }
875
876    ~SemaDiagnosticBuilder() {
877      // If we aren't active, there is nothing to do.
878      if (!isActive()) return;
879
880      // Otherwise, we need to emit the diagnostic. First flush the underlying
881      // DiagnosticBuilder data, and clear the diagnostic builder itself so it
882      // won't emit the diagnostic in its own destructor.
883      //
884      // This seems wasteful, in that as written the DiagnosticBuilder dtor will
885      // do its own needless checks to see if the diagnostic needs to be
886      // emitted. However, because we take care to ensure that the builder
887      // objects never escape, a sufficiently smart compiler will be able to
888      // eliminate that code.
889      FlushCounts();
890      Clear();
891
892      // Dispatch to Sema to emit the diagnostic.
893      SemaRef.EmitCurrentDiagnostic(DiagID);
894    }
895  };
896
897  /// \brief Emit a diagnostic.
898  SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID) {
899    DiagnosticBuilder DB = Diags.Report(Loc, DiagID);
900    return SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DB, *this, DiagID);
901  }
902
903  /// \brief Emit a partial diagnostic.
904  SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, const PartialDiagnostic& PD);
905
906  /// \brief Build a partial diagnostic.
907  PartialDiagnostic PDiag(unsigned DiagID = 0); // in SemaInternal.h
908
909  bool findMacroSpelling(SourceLocation &loc, StringRef name);
910
911  /// \brief Get a string to suggest for zero-initialization of a type.
912  std::string getFixItZeroInitializerForType(QualType T) const;
913  std::string getFixItZeroLiteralForType(QualType T) const;
914
915  ExprResult Owned(Expr* E) { return E; }
916  ExprResult Owned(ExprResult R) { return R; }
917  StmtResult Owned(Stmt* S) { return S; }
918
919  void ActOnEndOfTranslationUnit();
920
921  void CheckDelegatingCtorCycles();
922
923  Scope *getScopeForContext(DeclContext *Ctx);
924
925  void PushFunctionScope();
926  void PushBlockScope(Scope *BlockScope, BlockDecl *Block);
927  void PushLambdaScope(CXXRecordDecl *Lambda, CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator);
928  void PushCapturedRegionScope(Scope *RegionScope, CapturedDecl *CD,
929                               RecordDecl *RD,
930                               sema::CapturedRegionScopeInfo::CapturedRegionKind K);
931  void PopFunctionScopeInfo(const sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *WP =0,
932                            const Decl *D = 0, const BlockExpr *blkExpr = 0);
933
934  sema::FunctionScopeInfo *getCurFunction() const {
935    return FunctionScopes.back();
936  }
937
938  void PushCompoundScope();
939  void PopCompoundScope();
940
941  sema::CompoundScopeInfo &getCurCompoundScope() const;
942
943  bool hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() const;
944
945  /// \brief Retrieve the current block, if any.
946  sema::BlockScopeInfo *getCurBlock();
947
948  /// \brief Retrieve the current lambda expression, if any.
949  sema::LambdaScopeInfo *getCurLambda();
950
951  /// \brief Retrieve the current captured region, if any.
952  sema::CapturedRegionScopeInfo *getCurCapturedRegion();
953
954  /// WeakTopLevelDeclDecls - access to \#pragma weak-generated Decls
955  SmallVector<Decl*,2> &WeakTopLevelDecls() { return WeakTopLevelDecl; }
956
957  void ActOnComment(SourceRange Comment);
958
959  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
960  // Type Analysis / Processing: SemaType.cpp.
961  //
962
963  QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, Qualifiers Qs,
964                              const DeclSpec *DS = 0);
965  QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned CVRA,
966                              const DeclSpec *DS = 0);
967  QualType BuildPointerType(QualType T,
968                            SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
969  QualType BuildReferenceType(QualType T, bool LValueRef,
970                              SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
971  QualType BuildArrayType(QualType T, ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
972                          Expr *ArraySize, unsigned Quals,
973                          SourceRange Brackets, DeclarationName Entity);
974  QualType BuildExtVectorType(QualType T, Expr *ArraySize,
975                              SourceLocation AttrLoc);
976
977  /// \brief Build a function type.
978  ///
979  /// This routine checks the function type according to C++ rules and
980  /// under the assumption that the result type and parameter types have
981  /// just been instantiated from a template. It therefore duplicates
982  /// some of the behavior of GetTypeForDeclarator, but in a much
983  /// simpler form that is only suitable for this narrow use case.
984  ///
985  /// \param T The return type of the function.
986  ///
987  /// \param ParamTypes The parameter types of the function. This array
988  /// will be modified to account for adjustments to the types of the
989  /// function parameters.
990  ///
991  /// \param Loc The location of the entity whose type involves this
992  /// function type or, if there is no such entity, the location of the
993  /// type that will have function type.
994  ///
995  /// \param Entity The name of the entity that involves the function
996  /// type, if known.
997  ///
998  /// \param EPI Extra information about the function type. Usually this will
999  /// be taken from an existing function with the same prototype.
1000  ///
1001  /// \returns A suitable function type, if there are no errors. The
1002  /// unqualified type will always be a FunctionProtoType.
1003  /// Otherwise, returns a NULL type.
1004  QualType BuildFunctionType(QualType T,
1005                             llvm::MutableArrayRef<QualType> ParamTypes,
1006                             SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity,
1007                             const FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI);
1008
1009  QualType BuildMemberPointerType(QualType T, QualType Class,
1010                                  SourceLocation Loc,
1011                                  DeclarationName Entity);
1012  QualType BuildBlockPointerType(QualType T,
1013                                 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
1014  QualType BuildParenType(QualType T);
1015  QualType BuildAtomicType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc);
1016
1017  TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclarator(Declarator &D, Scope *S);
1018  TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclaratorCast(Declarator &D, QualType FromTy);
1019  TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeSourceInfoForDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType T,
1020                                               TypeSourceInfo *ReturnTypeInfo);
1021
1022  /// \brief Package the given type and TSI into a ParsedType.
1023  ParsedType CreateParsedType(QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo);
1024  DeclarationNameInfo GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D);
1025  DeclarationNameInfo GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name);
1026  static QualType GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType Ty, TypeSourceInfo **TInfo = 0);
1027  CanThrowResult canThrow(const Expr *E);
1028  const FunctionProtoType *ResolveExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc,
1029                                                const FunctionProtoType *FPT);
1030  bool CheckSpecifiedExceptionType(QualType &T, const SourceRange &Range);
1031  bool CheckDistantExceptionSpec(QualType T);
1032  bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *Old, FunctionDecl *New);
1033  bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(
1034      const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc,
1035      const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc);
1036  bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(
1037      const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID,
1038      const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc,
1039      const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc,
1040      bool *MissingExceptionSpecification = 0,
1041      bool *MissingEmptyExceptionSpecification = 0,
1042      bool AllowNoexceptAllMatchWithNoSpec = false,
1043      bool IsOperatorNew = false);
1044  bool CheckExceptionSpecSubset(
1045      const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID,
1046      const FunctionProtoType *Superset, SourceLocation SuperLoc,
1047      const FunctionProtoType *Subset, SourceLocation SubLoc);
1048  bool CheckParamExceptionSpec(const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID,
1049      const FunctionProtoType *Target, SourceLocation TargetLoc,
1050      const FunctionProtoType *Source, SourceLocation SourceLoc);
1051
1052  TypeResult ActOnTypeName(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
1053
1054  /// \brief The parser has parsed the context-sensitive type 'instancetype'
1055  /// in an Objective-C message declaration. Return the appropriate type.
1056  ParsedType ActOnObjCInstanceType(SourceLocation Loc);
1057
1058  /// \brief Abstract class used to diagnose incomplete types.
1059  struct TypeDiagnoser {
1060    bool Suppressed;
1061
1062    TypeDiagnoser(bool Suppressed = false) : Suppressed(Suppressed) { }
1063
1064    virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
1065    virtual ~TypeDiagnoser() {}
1066  };
1067
1068  static int getPrintable(int I) { return I; }
1069  static unsigned getPrintable(unsigned I) { return I; }
1070  static bool getPrintable(bool B) { return B; }
1071  static const char * getPrintable(const char *S) { return S; }
1072  static StringRef getPrintable(StringRef S) { return S; }
1073  static const std::string &getPrintable(const std::string &S) { return S; }
1074  static const IdentifierInfo *getPrintable(const IdentifierInfo *II) {
1075    return II;
1076  }
1077  static DeclarationName getPrintable(DeclarationName N) { return N; }
1078  static QualType getPrintable(QualType T) { return T; }
1079  static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceRange R) { return R; }
1080  static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceLocation L) { return L; }
1081  static SourceRange getPrintable(Expr *E) { return E->getSourceRange(); }
1082  static SourceRange getPrintable(TypeLoc TL) { return TL.getSourceRange();}
1083
1084  template<typename T1>
1085  class BoundTypeDiagnoser1 : public TypeDiagnoser {
1086    unsigned DiagID;
1087    const T1 &Arg1;
1088
1089  public:
1090    BoundTypeDiagnoser1(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1)
1091      : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1) { }
1092    virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) {
1093      if (Suppressed) return;
1094      S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << getPrintable(Arg1) << T;
1095    }
1096
1097    virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser1() { }
1098  };
1099
1100  template<typename T1, typename T2>
1101  class BoundTypeDiagnoser2 : public TypeDiagnoser {
1102    unsigned DiagID;
1103    const T1 &Arg1;
1104    const T2 &Arg2;
1105
1106  public:
1107    BoundTypeDiagnoser2(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1,
1108                                  const T2 &Arg2)
1109      : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1),
1110        Arg2(Arg2) { }
1111
1112    virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) {
1113      if (Suppressed) return;
1114      S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << getPrintable(Arg1) << getPrintable(Arg2) << T;
1115    }
1116
1117    virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser2() { }
1118  };
1119
1120  template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>
1121  class BoundTypeDiagnoser3 : public TypeDiagnoser {
1122    unsigned DiagID;
1123    const T1 &Arg1;
1124    const T2 &Arg2;
1125    const T3 &Arg3;
1126
1127  public:
1128    BoundTypeDiagnoser3(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1,
1129                                  const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3)
1130    : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1),
1131      Arg2(Arg2), Arg3(Arg3) { }
1132
1133    virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) {
1134      if (Suppressed) return;
1135      S.Diag(Loc, DiagID)
1136        << getPrintable(Arg1) << getPrintable(Arg2) << getPrintable(Arg3) << T;
1137    }
1138
1139    virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser3() { }
1140  };
1141
1142  bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1143                           TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
1144  bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1145                           unsigned DiagID);
1146
1147  template<typename T1>
1148  bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1149                           unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) {
1150    BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1);
1151    return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
1152  }
1153
1154  template<typename T1, typename T2>
1155  bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1156                           unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) {
1157    BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2);
1158    return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
1159  }
1160
1161  template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>
1162  bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1163                           unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2,
1164                           const T3 &Arg3) {
1165    BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2,
1166                                                        Arg3);
1167    return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
1168  }
1169
1170  bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
1171  bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID);
1172
1173  template<typename T1>
1174  bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) {
1175    BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1);
1176    return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser);
1177  }
1178
1179  template<typename T1, typename T2>
1180  bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1,
1181                               const T2 &Arg2) {
1182    BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2);
1183    return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser);
1184  }
1185
1186  template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>
1187  bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1,
1188                               const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) {
1189    BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2,
1190                                                        Arg3);
1191    return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser);
1192  }
1193
1194  bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1195                          TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
1196  bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID);
1197
1198  template<typename T1>
1199  bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1200                          unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) {
1201    BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1);
1202    return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
1203  }
1204
1205  template<typename T1, typename T2>
1206  bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1207                          unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) {
1208    BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2);
1209    return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
1210  }
1211
1212  template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>
1213  bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1214                          unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2,
1215                          const T3 &Arg3) {
1216    BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2,
1217                                                        Arg3);
1218    return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
1219  }
1220
1221  QualType getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
1222                             const CXXScopeSpec &SS, QualType T);
1223
1224  QualType BuildTypeofExprType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc);
1225  QualType BuildDecltypeType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc);
1226  QualType BuildUnaryTransformType(QualType BaseType,
1227                                   UnaryTransformType::UTTKind UKind,
1228                                   SourceLocation Loc);
1229
1230  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1231  // Symbol table / Decl tracking callbacks: SemaDecl.cpp.
1232  //
1233
1234  /// List of decls defined in a function prototype. This contains EnumConstants
1235  /// that incorrectly end up in translation unit scope because there is no
1236  /// function to pin them on. ActOnFunctionDeclarator reads this list and patches
1237  /// them into the FunctionDecl.
1238  std::vector<NamedDecl*> DeclsInPrototypeScope;
1239  /// Nonzero if we are currently parsing a function declarator. This is a counter
1240  /// as opposed to a boolean so we can deal with nested function declarators
1241  /// such as:
1242  ///     void f(void (*g)(), ...)
1243  unsigned InFunctionDeclarator;
1244
1245  DeclGroupPtrTy ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType = 0);
1246
1247  void DiagnoseUseOfUnimplementedSelectors();
1248
1249  bool isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const;
1250
1251  ParsedType getTypeName(IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
1252                         Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0,
1253                         bool isClassName = false,
1254                         bool HasTrailingDot = false,
1255                         ParsedType ObjectType = ParsedType(),
1256                         bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false,
1257                         bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo = false,
1258                         IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII = 0);
1259  TypeSpecifierType isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S);
1260  bool isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S);
1261  bool DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II,
1262                               SourceLocation IILoc,
1263                               Scope *S,
1264                               CXXScopeSpec *SS,
1265                               ParsedType &SuggestedType);
1266
1267  /// \brief Describes the result of the name lookup and resolution performed
1268  /// by \c ClassifyName().
1269  enum NameClassificationKind {
1270    NC_Unknown,
1271    NC_Error,
1272    NC_Keyword,
1273    NC_Type,
1274    NC_Expression,
1275    NC_NestedNameSpecifier,
1276    NC_TypeTemplate,
1277    NC_FunctionTemplate
1278  };
1279
1280  class NameClassification {
1281    NameClassificationKind Kind;
1282    ExprResult Expr;
1283    TemplateName Template;
1284    ParsedType Type;
1285    const IdentifierInfo *Keyword;
1286
1287    explicit NameClassification(NameClassificationKind Kind) : Kind(Kind) {}
1288
1289  public:
1290    NameClassification(ExprResult Expr) : Kind(NC_Expression), Expr(Expr) {}
1291
1292    NameClassification(ParsedType Type) : Kind(NC_Type), Type(Type) {}
1293
1294    NameClassification(const IdentifierInfo *Keyword)
1295      : Kind(NC_Keyword), Keyword(Keyword) { }
1296
1297    static NameClassification Error() {
1298      return NameClassification(NC_Error);
1299    }
1300
1301    static NameClassification Unknown() {
1302      return NameClassification(NC_Unknown);
1303    }
1304
1305    static NameClassification NestedNameSpecifier() {
1306      return NameClassification(NC_NestedNameSpecifier);
1307    }
1308
1309    static NameClassification TypeTemplate(TemplateName Name) {
1310      NameClassification Result(NC_TypeTemplate);
1311      Result.Template = Name;
1312      return Result;
1313    }
1314
1315    static NameClassification FunctionTemplate(TemplateName Name) {
1316      NameClassification Result(NC_FunctionTemplate);
1317      Result.Template = Name;
1318      return Result;
1319    }
1320
1321    NameClassificationKind getKind() const { return Kind; }
1322
1323    ParsedType getType() const {
1324      assert(Kind == NC_Type);
1325      return Type;
1326    }
1327
1328    ExprResult getExpression() const {
1329      assert(Kind == NC_Expression);
1330      return Expr;
1331    }
1332
1333    TemplateName getTemplateName() const {
1334      assert(Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate);
1335      return Template;
1336    }
1337
1338    TemplateNameKind getTemplateNameKind() const {
1339      assert(Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate);
1340      return Kind == NC_TypeTemplate? TNK_Type_template : TNK_Function_template;
1341    }
1342  };
1343
1344  /// \brief Perform name lookup on the given name, classifying it based on
1345  /// the results of name lookup and the following token.
1346  ///
1347  /// This routine is used by the parser to resolve identifiers and help direct
1348  /// parsing. When the identifier cannot be found, this routine will attempt
1349  /// to correct the typo and classify based on the resulting name.
1350  ///
1351  /// \param S The scope in which we're performing name lookup.
1352  ///
1353  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that precedes the name.
1354  ///
1355  /// \param Name The identifier. If typo correction finds an alternative name,
1356  /// this pointer parameter will be updated accordingly.
1357  ///
1358  /// \param NameLoc The location of the identifier.
1359  ///
1360  /// \param NextToken The token following the identifier. Used to help
1361  /// disambiguate the name.
1362  ///
1363  /// \param IsAddressOfOperand True if this name is the operand of a unary
1364  ///        address of ('&') expression, assuming it is classified as an
1365  ///        expression.
1366  ///
1367  /// \param CCC The correction callback, if typo correction is desired.
1368  NameClassification ClassifyName(Scope *S,
1369                                  CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1370                                  IdentifierInfo *&Name,
1371                                  SourceLocation NameLoc,
1372                                  const Token &NextToken,
1373                                  bool IsAddressOfOperand,
1374                                  CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC = 0);
1375
1376  Decl *ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
1377
1378  NamedDecl *HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
1379                              MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists);
1380  void RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND,
1381                                        const LookupResult &Previous,
1382                                        Scope *S);
1383  bool DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, DeclarationNameInfo Info);
1384  bool diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC,
1385                                    DeclarationName Name,
1386                                    SourceLocation Loc);
1387  void DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS);
1388  void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R);
1389  void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D);
1390  void CheckCastAlign(Expr *Op, QualType T, SourceRange TRange);
1391  void CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *D);
1392  NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
1393                                    TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
1394                                    LookupResult &Previous);
1395  NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope* S, DeclContext* DC, TypedefNameDecl *D,
1396                                  LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration);
1397  NamedDecl* ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
1398                                     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
1399                                     LookupResult &Previous,
1400                                     MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists);
1401  // Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration
1402  bool CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous);
1403  void CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var);
1404  void MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(const FunctionDecl *D);
1405  void ActOnStartFunctionDeclarator();
1406  void ActOnEndFunctionDeclarator();
1407  NamedDecl* ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
1408                                     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
1409                                     LookupResult &Previous,
1410                                     MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
1411                                     bool &AddToScope);
1412  bool AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD);
1413  void checkVoidParamDecl(ParmVarDecl *Param);
1414
1415  bool CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(const FunctionDecl *FD);
1416  bool CheckConstexprFunctionBody(const FunctionDecl *FD, Stmt *Body);
1417
1418  void DiagnoseHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD);
1419  // Returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration
1420  bool CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S,
1421                                FunctionDecl *NewFD, LookupResult &Previous,
1422                                bool IsExplicitSpecialization);
1423  void CheckMain(FunctionDecl *FD, const DeclSpec &D);
1424  Decl *ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
1425  ParmVarDecl *BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC,
1426                                          SourceLocation Loc,
1427                                          QualType T);
1428  ParmVarDecl *CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc,
1429                              SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name,
1430                              QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
1431                              StorageClass SC);
1432  void ActOnParamDefaultArgument(Decl *param,
1433                                 SourceLocation EqualLoc,
1434                                 Expr *defarg);
1435  void ActOnParamUnparsedDefaultArgument(Decl *param,
1436                                         SourceLocation EqualLoc,
1437                                         SourceLocation ArgLoc);
1438  void ActOnParamDefaultArgumentError(Decl *param);
1439  bool SetParamDefaultArgument(ParmVarDecl *Param, Expr *DefaultArg,
1440                               SourceLocation EqualLoc);
1441
1442  void AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *dcl, Expr *init, bool DirectInit,
1443                            bool TypeMayContainAuto);
1444  void ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *dcl, bool TypeMayContainAuto);
1445  void ActOnInitializerError(Decl *Dcl);
1446  void ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D);
1447  void SetDeclDeleted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DelLoc);
1448  void SetDeclDefaulted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DefaultLoc);
1449  void FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *D);
1450  DeclGroupPtrTy FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
1451                                         Decl **Group,
1452                                         unsigned NumDecls);
1453  DeclGroupPtrTy BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls,
1454                                      bool TypeMayContainAuto = true);
1455
1456  /// Should be called on all declarations that might have attached
1457  /// documentation comments.
1458  void ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D);
1459  void ActOnDocumentableDecls(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls);
1460
1461  void ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
1462                                       SourceLocation LocAfterDecls);
1463  void CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD);
1464  Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
1465  Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Decl *D);
1466  void ActOnStartOfObjCMethodDef(Scope *S, Decl *D);
1467  bool isObjCMethodDecl(Decl *D) {
1468    return D && isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D);
1469  }
1470
1471  /// \brief Determine whether we can skip parsing the body of a function
1472  /// definition, assuming we don't care about analyzing its body or emitting
1473  /// code for that function.
1474  ///
1475  /// This will be \c false only if we may need the body of the function in
1476  /// order to parse the rest of the program (for instance, if it is
1477  /// \c constexpr in C++11 or has an 'auto' return type in C++14).
1478  bool canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D);
1479
1480  void computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, sema::FunctionScopeInfo *Scope);
1481  Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body);
1482  Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body, bool IsInstantiation);
1483  Decl *ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl);
1484
1485  /// ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute - Invoked when we have finished parsing an
1486  /// attribute for which parsing is delayed.
1487  void ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, ParsedAttributes &Attrs);
1488
1489  /// \brief Diagnose any unused parameters in the given sequence of
1490  /// ParmVarDecl pointers.
1491  void DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin,
1492                                ParmVarDecl * const *End);
1493
1494  /// \brief Diagnose whether the size of parameters or return value of a
1495  /// function or obj-c method definition is pass-by-value and larger than a
1496  /// specified threshold.
1497  void DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin,
1498                                              ParmVarDecl * const *End,
1499                                              QualType ReturnTy,
1500                                              NamedDecl *D);
1501
1502  void DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Stmt *Body);
1503  Decl *ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr,
1504                              SourceLocation AsmLoc,
1505                              SourceLocation RParenLoc);
1506
1507  /// \brief Handle a C++11 empty-declaration and attribute-declaration.
1508  Decl *ActOnEmptyDeclaration(Scope *S,
1509                              AttributeList *AttrList,
1510                              SourceLocation SemiLoc);
1511
1512  /// \brief The parser has processed a module import declaration.
1513  ///
1514  /// \param AtLoc The location of the '@' symbol, if any.
1515  ///
1516  /// \param ImportLoc The location of the 'import' keyword.
1517  ///
1518  /// \param Path The module access path.
1519  DeclResult ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ImportLoc,
1520                               ModuleIdPath Path);
1521
1522  /// \brief Create an implicit import of the given module at the given
1523  /// source location.
1524  ///
1525  /// This routine is typically used for error recovery, when the entity found
1526  /// by name lookup is actually hidden within a module that we know about but
1527  /// the user has forgotten to import.
1528  void createImplicitModuleImport(SourceLocation Loc, Module *Mod);
1529
1530  /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy.
1531  PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy() const {
1532    return getPrintingPolicy(Context, PP);
1533  }
1534
1535  /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy.
1536  static PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy(const ASTContext &Ctx,
1537                                          const Preprocessor &PP);
1538
1539  /// Scope actions.
1540  void ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S);
1541  void ActOnTranslationUnitScope(Scope *S);
1542
1543  Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
1544                                   DeclSpec &DS);
1545  Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
1546                                   DeclSpec &DS,
1547                                   MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams,
1548                                   bool IsExplicitInstantiation = false);
1549
1550  Decl *BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
1551                                    AccessSpecifier AS,
1552                                    RecordDecl *Record);
1553
1554  Decl *BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
1555                                       RecordDecl *Record);
1556
1557  bool isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous,
1558                                    TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition,
1559                                    SourceLocation NewTagLoc,
1560                                    const IdentifierInfo &Name);
1561
1562  enum TagUseKind {
1563    TUK_Reference,   // Reference to a tag:  'struct foo *X;'
1564    TUK_Declaration, // Fwd decl of a tag:   'struct foo;'
1565    TUK_Definition,  // Definition of a tag: 'struct foo { int X; } Y;'
1566    TUK_Friend       // Friend declaration:  'friend struct foo;'
1567  };
1568
1569  Decl *ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
1570                 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1571                 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
1572                 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS,
1573                 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
1574                 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
1575                 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent,
1576                 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc,
1577                 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, TypeResult UnderlyingType);
1578
1579  Decl *ActOnTemplatedFriendTag(Scope *S, SourceLocation FriendLoc,
1580                                unsigned TagSpec, SourceLocation TagLoc,
1581                                CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1582                                IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
1583                                AttributeList *Attr,
1584                                MultiTemplateParamsArg TempParamLists);
1585
1586  TypeResult ActOnDependentTag(Scope *S,
1587                               unsigned TagSpec,
1588                               TagUseKind TUK,
1589                               const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1590                               IdentifierInfo *Name,
1591                               SourceLocation TagLoc,
1592                               SourceLocation NameLoc);
1593
1594  void ActOnDefs(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
1595                 IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
1596                 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Decls);
1597  Decl *ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
1598                   Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth);
1599
1600  FieldDecl *HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
1601                         Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
1602                         InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
1603                         AccessSpecifier AS);
1604  MSPropertyDecl *HandleMSProperty(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD,
1605                                   SourceLocation DeclStart,
1606                                   Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
1607                                   InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
1608                                   AccessSpecifier AS,
1609                                   AttributeList *MSPropertyAttr);
1610
1611  FieldDecl *CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T,
1612                            TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
1613                            RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc,
1614                            bool Mutable, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
1615                            InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
1616                            SourceLocation TSSL,
1617                            AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl,
1618                            Declarator *D = 0);
1619
1620  bool CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD);
1621  void DiagnoseNontrivial(const CXXRecordDecl *Record, CXXSpecialMember CSM);
1622  bool SpecialMemberIsTrivial(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM,
1623                              bool Diagnose = false);
1624  CXXSpecialMember getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD);
1625  void ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclStart,
1626                         SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls);
1627  Decl *ActOnIvar(Scope *S, SourceLocation DeclStart,
1628                  Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
1629                  tok::ObjCKeywordKind visibility);
1630
1631  // This is used for both record definitions and ObjC interface declarations.
1632  void ActOnFields(Scope* S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *TagDecl,
1633                   ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields,
1634                   SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac,
1635                   AttributeList *AttrList);
1636
1637  /// ActOnTagStartDefinition - Invoked when we have entered the
1638  /// scope of a tag's definition (e.g., for an enumeration, class,
1639  /// struct, or union).
1640  void ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl);
1641
1642  Decl *ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl);
1643
1644  /// ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations - Invoked when we have parsed a
1645  /// C++ record definition's base-specifiers clause and are starting its
1646  /// member declarations.
1647  void ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl,
1648                                       SourceLocation FinalLoc,
1649                                       SourceLocation LBraceLoc);
1650
1651  /// ActOnTagFinishDefinition - Invoked once we have finished parsing
1652  /// the definition of a tag (enumeration, class, struct, or union).
1653  void ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl,
1654                                SourceLocation RBraceLoc);
1655
1656  void ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition();
1657
1658  /// \brief Invoked when we must temporarily exit the objective-c container
1659  /// scope for parsing/looking-up C constructs.
1660  ///
1661  /// Must be followed by a call to \see ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext
1662  void ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC);
1663  void ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC);
1664
1665  /// ActOnTagDefinitionError - Invoked when there was an unrecoverable
1666  /// error parsing the definition of a tag.
1667  void ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl);
1668
1669  EnumConstantDecl *CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum,
1670                                      EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst,
1671                                      SourceLocation IdLoc,
1672                                      IdentifierInfo *Id,
1673                                      Expr *val);
1674  bool CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI);
1675  bool CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped,
1676                              QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, const EnumDecl *Prev);
1677
1678  Decl *ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *EnumDecl, Decl *LastEnumConstant,
1679                          SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
1680                          AttributeList *Attrs,
1681                          SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val);
1682  void ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
1683                     SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDecl,
1684                     ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements,
1685                     Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr);
1686
1687  DeclContext *getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC);
1688
1689  /// Set the current declaration context until it gets popped.
1690  void PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC);
1691  void PopDeclContext();
1692
1693  /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context
1694  /// of a declarator's nested name specifier.
1695  void EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC);
1696  void ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S);
1697
1698  /// Push the parameters of D, which must be a function, into scope.
1699  void ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl* D);
1700  void ActOnExitFunctionContext();
1701
1702  DeclContext *getFunctionLevelDeclContext();
1703
1704  /// getCurFunctionDecl - If inside of a function body, this returns a pointer
1705  /// to the function decl for the function being parsed.  If we're currently
1706  /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context.
1707  FunctionDecl *getCurFunctionDecl();
1708
1709  /// getCurMethodDecl - If inside of a method body, this returns a pointer to
1710  /// the method decl for the method being parsed.  If we're currently
1711  /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context.
1712  ObjCMethodDecl *getCurMethodDecl();
1713
1714  /// getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl - Return the Decl for the current ObjC method
1715  /// or C function we're in, otherwise return null.  If we're currently
1716  /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context.
1717  NamedDecl *getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl();
1718
1719  /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains.
1720  void PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext = true);
1721
1722  /// \brief Make the given externally-produced declaration visible at the
1723  /// top level scope.
1724  ///
1725  /// \param D The externally-produced declaration to push.
1726  ///
1727  /// \param Name The name of the externally-produced declaration.
1728  void pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name);
1729
1730  /// isDeclInScope - If 'Ctx' is a function/method, isDeclInScope returns true
1731  /// if 'D' is in Scope 'S', otherwise 'S' is ignored and isDeclInScope returns
1732  /// true if 'D' belongs to the given declaration context.
1733  ///
1734  /// \param ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization When true, we are checking
1735  /// whether the declaration is in scope for the purposes of explicit template
1736  /// instantiation or specialization. The default is false.
1737  bool isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *&D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S = 0,
1738                     bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization = false);
1739
1740  /// Finds the scope corresponding to the given decl context, if it
1741  /// happens to be an enclosing scope.  Otherwise return NULL.
1742  static Scope *getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC);
1743
1744  /// Subroutines of ActOnDeclarator().
1745  TypedefDecl *ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T,
1746                                TypeSourceInfo *TInfo);
1747  bool isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New);
1748
1749  /// Attribute merging methods. Return true if a new attribute was added.
1750  AvailabilityAttr *mergeAvailabilityAttr(NamedDecl *D, SourceRange Range,
1751                                          IdentifierInfo *Platform,
1752                                          VersionTuple Introduced,
1753                                          VersionTuple Deprecated,
1754                                          VersionTuple Obsoleted,
1755                                          bool IsUnavailable,
1756                                          StringRef Message,
1757                                          bool Override,
1758                                          unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
1759  TypeVisibilityAttr *mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
1760                                       TypeVisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis,
1761                                              unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
1762  VisibilityAttr *mergeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
1763                                      VisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis,
1764                                      unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
1765  DLLImportAttr *mergeDLLImportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
1766                                    unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
1767  DLLExportAttr *mergeDLLExportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
1768                                    unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
1769  FormatAttr *mergeFormatAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, StringRef Format,
1770                              int FormatIdx, int FirstArg,
1771                              unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
1772  SectionAttr *mergeSectionAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, StringRef Name,
1773                                unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
1774
1775  /// \brief Describes the kind of merge to perform for availability
1776  /// attributes (including "deprecated", "unavailable", and "availability").
1777  enum AvailabilityMergeKind {
1778    /// \brief Don't merge availability attributes at all.
1779    AMK_None,
1780    /// \brief Merge availability attributes for a redeclaration, which requires
1781    /// an exact match.
1782    AMK_Redeclaration,
1783    /// \brief Merge availability attributes for an override, which requires
1784    /// an exact match or a weakening of constraints.
1785    AMK_Override
1786  };
1787
1788  void mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old,
1789                           AvailabilityMergeKind AMK = AMK_Redeclaration);
1790  void MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls);
1791  bool MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *Old, Scope *S);
1792  bool MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old,
1793                                    Scope *S);
1794  void mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *New, ObjCMethodDecl *Old);
1795  void MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls,
1796                    bool OldDeclsWereHidden);
1797  void MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old, bool OldIsHidden);
1798  void MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old);
1799  bool MergeCXXFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, Scope *S);
1800
1801  // AssignmentAction - This is used by all the assignment diagnostic functions
1802  // to represent what is actually causing the operation
1803  enum AssignmentAction {
1804    AA_Assigning,
1805    AA_Passing,
1806    AA_Returning,
1807    AA_Converting,
1808    AA_Initializing,
1809    AA_Sending,
1810    AA_Casting
1811  };
1812
1813  /// C++ Overloading.
1814  enum OverloadKind {
1815    /// This is a legitimate overload: the existing declarations are
1816    /// functions or function templates with different signatures.
1817    Ovl_Overload,
1818
1819    /// This is not an overload because the signature exactly matches
1820    /// an existing declaration.
1821    Ovl_Match,
1822
1823    /// This is not an overload because the lookup results contain a
1824    /// non-function.
1825    Ovl_NonFunction
1826  };
1827  OverloadKind CheckOverload(Scope *S,
1828                             FunctionDecl *New,
1829                             const LookupResult &OldDecls,
1830                             NamedDecl *&OldDecl,
1831                             bool IsForUsingDecl);
1832  bool IsOverload(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, bool IsForUsingDecl);
1833
1834  /// \brief Checks availability of the function depending on the current
1835  /// function context.Inside an unavailable function,unavailability is ignored.
1836  ///
1837  /// \returns true if \p FD is unavailable and current context is inside
1838  /// an available function, false otherwise.
1839  bool isFunctionConsideredUnavailable(FunctionDecl *FD);
1840
1841  ImplicitConversionSequence
1842  TryImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
1843                        bool SuppressUserConversions,
1844                        bool AllowExplicit,
1845                        bool InOverloadResolution,
1846                        bool CStyle,
1847                        bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion);
1848
1849  bool IsIntegralPromotion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
1850  bool IsFloatingPointPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
1851  bool IsComplexPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
1852  bool IsPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
1853                           bool InOverloadResolution,
1854                           QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC);
1855  bool isObjCPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
1856                               QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC);
1857  bool isObjCWritebackConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
1858                                 QualType &ConvertedType);
1859  bool IsBlockPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
1860                                QualType& ConvertedType);
1861  bool FunctionArgTypesAreEqual(const FunctionProtoType *OldType,
1862                                const FunctionProtoType *NewType,
1863                                unsigned *ArgPos = 0);
1864  void HandleFunctionTypeMismatch(PartialDiagnostic &PDiag,
1865                                  QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
1866
1867  CastKind PrepareCastToObjCObjectPointer(ExprResult &E);
1868  bool CheckPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
1869                              CastKind &Kind,
1870                              CXXCastPath& BasePath,
1871                              bool IgnoreBaseAccess);
1872  bool IsMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
1873                                 bool InOverloadResolution,
1874                                 QualType &ConvertedType);
1875  bool CheckMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
1876                                    CastKind &Kind,
1877                                    CXXCastPath &BasePath,
1878                                    bool IgnoreBaseAccess);
1879  bool IsQualificationConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
1880                                 bool CStyle, bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion);
1881  bool IsNoReturnConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
1882                            QualType &ResultTy);
1883  bool DiagnoseMultipleUserDefinedConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType);
1884  bool isSameOrCompatibleFunctionType(CanQualType Param, CanQualType Arg);
1885
1886  ExprResult PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity,
1887                                             const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate,
1888                                             QualType ResultType,
1889                                             Expr *Value,
1890                                             bool AllowNRVO = true);
1891
1892  bool CanPerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity,
1893                                    ExprResult Init);
1894  ExprResult PerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity,
1895                                       SourceLocation EqualLoc,
1896                                       ExprResult Init,
1897                                       bool TopLevelOfInitList = false,
1898                                       bool AllowExplicit = false);
1899  ExprResult PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Expr *From,
1900                                                 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier,
1901                                                 NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
1902                                                 CXXMethodDecl *Method);
1903
1904  ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(Expr *From);
1905  ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer(Expr *From);
1906
1907  /// Contexts in which a converted constant expression is required.
1908  enum CCEKind {
1909    CCEK_CaseValue,  ///< Expression in a case label.
1910    CCEK_Enumerator, ///< Enumerator value with fixed underlying type.
1911    CCEK_TemplateArg ///< Value of a non-type template parameter.
1912  };
1913  ExprResult CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Expr *From, QualType T,
1914                                              llvm::APSInt &Value, CCEKind CCE);
1915
1916  /// \brief Abstract base class used to diagnose problems that occur while
1917  /// trying to convert an expression to integral or enumeration type.
1918  class ICEConvertDiagnoser {
1919  public:
1920    bool Suppress;
1921    bool SuppressConversion;
1922
1923    ICEConvertDiagnoser(bool Suppress = false,
1924                        bool SuppressConversion = false)
1925      : Suppress(Suppress), SuppressConversion(SuppressConversion) { }
1926
1927    /// \brief Emits a diagnostic complaining that the expression does not have
1928    /// integral or enumeration type.
1929    virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNotInt(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
1930                                             QualType T) = 0;
1931
1932    /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the expression has incomplete class type.
1933    virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseIncomplete(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
1934                                                 QualType T) = 0;
1935
1936    /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the only matching conversion function
1937    /// is explicit.
1938    virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
1939                                                   QualType T,
1940                                                   QualType ConvTy) = 0;
1941
1942    /// \brief Emits a note for the explicit conversion function.
1943    virtual DiagnosticBuilder
1944    noteExplicitConv(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) = 0;
1945
1946    /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when there are multiple possible conversion
1947    /// functions.
1948    virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseAmbiguous(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
1949                                                QualType T) = 0;
1950
1951    /// \brief Emits a note for one of the candidate conversions.
1952    virtual DiagnosticBuilder noteAmbiguous(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv,
1953                                            QualType ConvTy) = 0;
1954
1955    /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when we picked a conversion function
1956    /// (for cases when we are not allowed to pick a conversion function).
1957    virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
1958                                                 QualType T,
1959                                                 QualType ConvTy) = 0;
1960
1961    virtual ~ICEConvertDiagnoser() {}
1962  };
1963
1964  ExprResult
1965  ConvertToIntegralOrEnumerationType(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *FromE,
1966                                     ICEConvertDiagnoser &Diagnoser,
1967                                     bool AllowScopedEnumerations);
1968
1969  enum ObjCSubscriptKind {
1970    OS_Array,
1971    OS_Dictionary,
1972    OS_Error
1973  };
1974  ObjCSubscriptKind CheckSubscriptingKind(Expr *FromE);
1975
1976  // Note that LK_String is intentionally after the other literals, as
1977  // this is used for diagnostics logic.
1978  enum ObjCLiteralKind {
1979    LK_Array,
1980    LK_Dictionary,
1981    LK_Numeric,
1982    LK_Boxed,
1983    LK_String,
1984    LK_Block,
1985    LK_None
1986  };
1987  ObjCLiteralKind CheckLiteralKind(Expr *FromE);
1988
1989  ExprResult PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *From,
1990                                           NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier,
1991                                           NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
1992                                           NamedDecl *Member);
1993
1994  // Members have to be NamespaceDecl* or TranslationUnitDecl*.
1995  // TODO: make this is a typesafe union.
1996  typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclContext   *, 16> AssociatedNamespaceSet;
1997  typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl *, 16> AssociatedClassSet;
1998
1999  void AddOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Function,
2000                            DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2001                            ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2002                            OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2003                            bool SuppressUserConversions = false,
2004                            bool PartialOverloading = false,
2005                            bool AllowExplicit = false);
2006  void AddFunctionCandidates(const UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions,
2007                             ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2008                             OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2009                             bool SuppressUserConversions = false,
2010                            TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0);
2011  void AddMethodCandidate(DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2012                          QualType ObjectType,
2013                          Expr::Classification ObjectClassification,
2014                          Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2015                          OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2016                          bool SuppressUserConversion = false);
2017  void AddMethodCandidate(CXXMethodDecl *Method,
2018                          DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2019                          CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, QualType ObjectType,
2020                          Expr::Classification ObjectClassification,
2021                          ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2022                          OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2023                          bool SuppressUserConversions = false);
2024  void AddMethodTemplateCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *MethodTmpl,
2025                                  DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2026                                  CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
2027                                 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2028                                  QualType ObjectType,
2029                                  Expr::Classification ObjectClassification,
2030                                  ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2031                                  OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2032                                  bool SuppressUserConversions = false);
2033  void AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
2034                                    DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2035                                 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2036                                    ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2037                                    OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2038                                    bool SuppressUserConversions = false);
2039  void AddConversionCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion,
2040                              DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2041                              CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
2042                              Expr *From, QualType ToType,
2043                              OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet);
2044  void AddTemplateConversionCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
2045                                      DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2046                                      CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
2047                                      Expr *From, QualType ToType,
2048                                      OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet);
2049  void AddSurrogateCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion,
2050                             DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2051                             CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
2052                             const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
2053                             Expr *Object, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2054                             OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet);
2055  void AddMemberOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op,
2056                                   SourceLocation OpLoc,
2057                                   Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2058                                   OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2059                                   SourceRange OpRange = SourceRange());
2060  void AddBuiltinCandidate(QualType ResultTy, QualType *ParamTys,
2061                           Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2062                           OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2063                           bool IsAssignmentOperator = false,
2064                           unsigned NumContextualBoolArguments = 0);
2065  void AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op,
2066                                    SourceLocation OpLoc,
2067                                    Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2068                                    OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet);
2069  void AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(DeclarationName Name,
2070                                            bool Operator, SourceLocation Loc,
2071                                            ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2072                                TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2073                                            OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2074                                            bool PartialOverloading = false);
2075
2076  // Emit as a 'note' the specific overload candidate
2077  void NoteOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Fn, QualType DestType = QualType());
2078
2079  // Emit as a series of 'note's all template and non-templates
2080  // identified by the expression Expr
2081  void NoteAllOverloadCandidates(Expr* E, QualType DestType = QualType());
2082
2083  // [PossiblyAFunctionType]  -->   [Return]
2084  // NonFunctionType --> NonFunctionType
2085  // R (A) --> R(A)
2086  // R (*)(A) --> R (A)
2087  // R (&)(A) --> R (A)
2088  // R (S::*)(A) --> R (A)
2089  QualType ExtractUnqualifiedFunctionType(QualType PossiblyAFunctionType);
2090
2091  FunctionDecl *
2092  ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(Expr *AddressOfExpr,
2093                                     QualType TargetType,
2094                                     bool Complain,
2095                                     DeclAccessPair &Found,
2096                                     bool *pHadMultipleCandidates = 0);
2097
2098  FunctionDecl *ResolveSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(OverloadExpr *ovl,
2099                                                   bool Complain = false,
2100                                                   DeclAccessPair* Found = 0);
2101
2102  bool ResolveAndFixSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(
2103                      ExprResult &SrcExpr,
2104                      bool DoFunctionPointerConverion = false,
2105                      bool Complain = false,
2106                      const SourceRange& OpRangeForComplaining = SourceRange(),
2107                      QualType DestTypeForComplaining = QualType(),
2108                      unsigned DiagIDForComplaining = 0);
2109
2110
2111  Expr *FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Expr *E,
2112                                       DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2113                                       FunctionDecl *Fn);
2114  ExprResult FixOverloadedFunctionReference(ExprResult,
2115                                            DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2116                                            FunctionDecl *Fn);
2117
2118  void AddOverloadedCallCandidates(UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
2119                                   ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2120                                   OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet,
2121                                   bool PartialOverloading = false);
2122
2123  // An enum used to represent the different possible results of building a
2124  // range-based for loop.
2125  enum ForRangeStatus {
2126    FRS_Success,
2127    FRS_NoViableFunction,
2128    FRS_DiagnosticIssued
2129  };
2130
2131  // An enum to represent whether something is dealing with a call to begin()
2132  // or a call to end() in a range-based for loop.
2133  enum BeginEndFunction {
2134    BEF_begin,
2135    BEF_end
2136  };
2137
2138  ForRangeStatus BuildForRangeBeginEndCall(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
2139                                           SourceLocation RangeLoc,
2140                                           VarDecl *Decl,
2141                                           BeginEndFunction BEF,
2142                                           const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
2143                                           LookupResult &MemberLookup,
2144                                           OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet,
2145                                           Expr *Range, ExprResult *CallExpr);
2146
2147  ExprResult BuildOverloadedCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn,
2148                                     UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
2149                                     SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2150                                     Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2151                                     SourceLocation RParenLoc,
2152                                     Expr *ExecConfig,
2153                                     bool AllowTypoCorrection=true);
2154
2155  bool buildOverloadedCallSet(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
2156                              Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2157                              SourceLocation RParenLoc,
2158                              OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet,
2159                              ExprResult *Result);
2160
2161  ExprResult CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
2162                                     unsigned Opc,
2163                                     const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns,
2164                                     Expr *input);
2165
2166  ExprResult CreateOverloadedBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
2167                                   unsigned Opc,
2168                                   const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns,
2169                                   Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS);
2170
2171  ExprResult CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(SourceLocation LLoc,
2172                                                SourceLocation RLoc,
2173                                                Expr *Base,Expr *Idx);
2174
2175  ExprResult
2176  BuildCallToMemberFunction(Scope *S, Expr *MemExpr,
2177                            SourceLocation LParenLoc, Expr **Args,
2178                            unsigned NumArgs, SourceLocation RParenLoc);
2179  ExprResult
2180  BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(Scope *S, Expr *Object, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2181                               Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2182                               SourceLocation RParenLoc);
2183
2184  ExprResult BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
2185                                      SourceLocation OpLoc);
2186
2187  /// CheckCallReturnType - Checks that a call expression's return type is
2188  /// complete. Returns true on failure. The location passed in is the location
2189  /// that best represents the call.
2190  bool CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc,
2191                           CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD);
2192
2193  /// Helpers for dealing with blocks and functions.
2194  bool CheckParmsForFunctionDef(ParmVarDecl **Param, ParmVarDecl **ParamEnd,
2195                                bool CheckParameterNames);
2196  void CheckCXXDefaultArguments(FunctionDecl *FD);
2197  void CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(Declarator &D);
2198  Scope *getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S);
2199
2200  /// \name Name lookup
2201  ///
2202  /// These routines provide name lookup that is used during semantic
2203  /// analysis to resolve the various kinds of names (identifiers,
2204  /// overloaded operator names, constructor names, etc.) into zero or
2205  /// more declarations within a particular scope. The major entry
2206  /// points are LookupName, which performs unqualified name lookup,
2207  /// and LookupQualifiedName, which performs qualified name lookup.
2208  ///
2209  /// All name lookup is performed based on some specific criteria,
2210  /// which specify what names will be visible to name lookup and how
2211  /// far name lookup should work. These criteria are important both
2212  /// for capturing language semantics (certain lookups will ignore
2213  /// certain names, for example) and for performance, since name
2214  /// lookup is often a bottleneck in the compilation of C++. Name
2215  /// lookup criteria is specified via the LookupCriteria enumeration.
2216  ///
2217  /// The results of name lookup can vary based on the kind of name
2218  /// lookup performed, the current language, and the translation
2219  /// unit. In C, for example, name lookup will either return nothing
2220  /// (no entity found) or a single declaration. In C++, name lookup
2221  /// can additionally refer to a set of overloaded functions or
2222  /// result in an ambiguity. All of the possible results of name
2223  /// lookup are captured by the LookupResult class, which provides
2224  /// the ability to distinguish among them.
2225  //@{
2226
2227  /// @brief Describes the kind of name lookup to perform.
2228  enum LookupNameKind {
2229    /// Ordinary name lookup, which finds ordinary names (functions,
2230    /// variables, typedefs, etc.) in C and most kinds of names
2231    /// (functions, variables, members, types, etc.) in C++.
2232    LookupOrdinaryName = 0,
2233    /// Tag name lookup, which finds the names of enums, classes,
2234    /// structs, and unions.
2235    LookupTagName,
2236    /// Label name lookup.
2237    LookupLabel,
2238    /// Member name lookup, which finds the names of
2239    /// class/struct/union members.
2240    LookupMemberName,
2241    /// Look up of an operator name (e.g., operator+) for use with
2242    /// operator overloading. This lookup is similar to ordinary name
2243    /// lookup, but will ignore any declarations that are class members.
2244    LookupOperatorName,
2245    /// Look up of a name that precedes the '::' scope resolution
2246    /// operator in C++. This lookup completely ignores operator, object,
2247    /// function, and enumerator names (C++ [basic.lookup.qual]p1).
2248    LookupNestedNameSpecifierName,
2249    /// Look up a namespace name within a C++ using directive or
2250    /// namespace alias definition, ignoring non-namespace names (C++
2251    /// [basic.lookup.udir]p1).
2252    LookupNamespaceName,
2253    /// Look up all declarations in a scope with the given name,
2254    /// including resolved using declarations.  This is appropriate
2255    /// for checking redeclarations for a using declaration.
2256    LookupUsingDeclName,
2257    /// Look up an ordinary name that is going to be redeclared as a
2258    /// name with linkage. This lookup ignores any declarations that
2259    /// are outside of the current scope unless they have linkage. See
2260    /// C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6.
2261    LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage,
2262    /// Look up the name of an Objective-C protocol.
2263    LookupObjCProtocolName,
2264    /// Look up implicit 'self' parameter of an objective-c method.
2265    LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam,
2266    /// \brief Look up any declaration with any name.
2267    LookupAnyName
2268  };
2269
2270  /// \brief Specifies whether (or how) name lookup is being performed for a
2271  /// redeclaration (vs. a reference).
2272  enum RedeclarationKind {
2273    /// \brief The lookup is a reference to this name that is not for the
2274    /// purpose of redeclaring the name.
2275    NotForRedeclaration = 0,
2276    /// \brief The lookup results will be used for redeclaration of a name,
2277    /// if an entity by that name already exists.
2278    ForRedeclaration
2279  };
2280
2281  /// \brief The possible outcomes of name lookup for a literal operator.
2282  enum LiteralOperatorLookupResult {
2283    /// \brief The lookup resulted in an error.
2284    LOLR_Error,
2285    /// \brief The lookup found a single 'cooked' literal operator, which
2286    /// expects a normal literal to be built and passed to it.
2287    LOLR_Cooked,
2288    /// \brief The lookup found a single 'raw' literal operator, which expects
2289    /// a string literal containing the spelling of the literal token.
2290    LOLR_Raw,
2291    /// \brief The lookup found an overload set of literal operator templates,
2292    /// which expect the characters of the spelling of the literal token to be
2293    /// passed as a non-type template argument pack.
2294    LOLR_Template
2295  };
2296
2297  SpecialMemberOverloadResult *LookupSpecialMember(CXXRecordDecl *D,
2298                                                   CXXSpecialMember SM,
2299                                                   bool ConstArg,
2300                                                   bool VolatileArg,
2301                                                   bool RValueThis,
2302                                                   bool ConstThis,
2303                                                   bool VolatileThis);
2304
2305private:
2306  bool CppLookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S);
2307
2308  // \brief The set of known/encountered (unique, canonicalized) NamespaceDecls.
2309  //
2310  // The boolean value will be true to indicate that the namespace was loaded
2311  // from an AST/PCH file, or false otherwise.
2312  llvm::MapVector<NamespaceDecl*, bool> KnownNamespaces;
2313
2314  /// \brief Whether we have already loaded known namespaces from an extenal
2315  /// source.
2316  bool LoadedExternalKnownNamespaces;
2317
2318public:
2319  /// \brief Look up a name, looking for a single declaration.  Return
2320  /// null if the results were absent, ambiguous, or overloaded.
2321  ///
2322  /// It is preferable to use the elaborated form and explicitly handle
2323  /// ambiguity and overloaded.
2324  NamedDecl *LookupSingleName(Scope *S, DeclarationName Name,
2325                              SourceLocation Loc,
2326                              LookupNameKind NameKind,
2327                              RedeclarationKind Redecl
2328                                = NotForRedeclaration);
2329  bool LookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S,
2330                  bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false);
2331  bool LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx,
2332                           bool InUnqualifiedLookup = false);
2333  bool LookupParsedName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
2334                        bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false,
2335                        bool EnteringContext = false);
2336  ObjCProtocolDecl *LookupProtocol(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdLoc,
2337                                   RedeclarationKind Redecl
2338                                     = NotForRedeclaration);
2339
2340  void LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, Scope *S,
2341                                    QualType T1, QualType T2,
2342                                    UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions);
2343
2344  LabelDecl *LookupOrCreateLabel(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdentLoc,
2345                                 SourceLocation GnuLabelLoc = SourceLocation());
2346
2347  DeclContextLookupResult LookupConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
2348  CXXConstructorDecl *LookupDefaultConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
2349  CXXConstructorDecl *LookupCopyingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
2350                                               unsigned Quals);
2351  CXXMethodDecl *LookupCopyingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals,
2352                                         bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals);
2353  CXXConstructorDecl *LookupMovingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
2354                                              unsigned Quals);
2355  CXXMethodDecl *LookupMovingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals,
2356                                        bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals);
2357  CXXDestructorDecl *LookupDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
2358
2359  LiteralOperatorLookupResult LookupLiteralOperator(Scope *S, LookupResult &R,
2360                                                    ArrayRef<QualType> ArgTys,
2361                                                    bool AllowRawAndTemplate);
2362  bool isKnownName(StringRef name);
2363
2364  void ArgumentDependentLookup(DeclarationName Name, bool Operator,
2365                               SourceLocation Loc,
2366                               ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2367                               ADLResult &Functions);
2368
2369  void LookupVisibleDecls(Scope *S, LookupNameKind Kind,
2370                          VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
2371                          bool IncludeGlobalScope = true);
2372  void LookupVisibleDecls(DeclContext *Ctx, LookupNameKind Kind,
2373                          VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
2374                          bool IncludeGlobalScope = true);
2375
2376  TypoCorrection CorrectTypo(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo,
2377                             Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind,
2378                             Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
2379                             CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC,
2380                             DeclContext *MemberContext = 0,
2381                             bool EnteringContext = false,
2382                             const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = 0);
2383
2384  void FindAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(SourceLocation InstantiationLoc,
2385                                          ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2386                                   AssociatedNamespaceSet &AssociatedNamespaces,
2387                                   AssociatedClassSet &AssociatedClasses);
2388
2389  void FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
2390                            bool ConsiderLinkage,
2391                            bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization);
2392
2393  bool DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(LookupResult &Result);
2394  //@}
2395
2396  ObjCInterfaceDecl *getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id,
2397                                          SourceLocation IdLoc,
2398                                          bool TypoCorrection = false);
2399  NamedDecl *LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID,
2400                                 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration,
2401                                 SourceLocation Loc);
2402  NamedDecl *ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, IdentifierInfo &II,
2403                                      Scope *S);
2404  void AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD);
2405
2406  // More parsing and symbol table subroutines.
2407
2408  void ProcessPragmaWeak(Scope *S, Decl *D);
2409  // Decl attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher.
2410  void ProcessDeclAttributes(Scope *S, Decl *D, const Declarator &PD,
2411                             bool NonInheritable = true,
2412                             bool Inheritable = true);
2413  void ProcessDeclAttributeList(Scope *S, Decl *D, const AttributeList *AL,
2414                                bool NonInheritable = true,
2415                                bool Inheritable = true,
2416                                bool IncludeCXX11Attributes = true);
2417  bool ProcessAccessDeclAttributeList(AccessSpecDecl *ASDecl,
2418                                      const AttributeList *AttrList);
2419
2420  void checkUnusedDeclAttributes(Declarator &D);
2421
2422  bool CheckRegparmAttr(const AttributeList &attr, unsigned &value);
2423  bool CheckCallingConvAttr(const AttributeList &attr, CallingConv &CC,
2424                            const FunctionDecl *FD = 0);
2425  bool CheckNoReturnAttr(const AttributeList &attr);
2426  void CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Decl *D);
2427
2428  /// \brief Stmt attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher.
2429  StmtResult ProcessStmtAttributes(Stmt *Stmt, AttributeList *Attrs,
2430                                   SourceRange Range);
2431
2432  void WarnUndefinedMethod(SourceLocation ImpLoc, ObjCMethodDecl *method,
2433                           bool &IncompleteImpl, unsigned DiagID);
2434  void WarnConflictingTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
2435                                   ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl,
2436                                   bool IsProtocolMethodDecl);
2437
2438  void CheckConflictingOverridingMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
2439                                   ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden,
2440                                   bool IsProtocolMethodDecl);
2441
2442  /// WarnExactTypedMethods - This routine issues a warning if method
2443  /// implementation declaration matches exactly that of its declaration.
2444  void WarnExactTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
2445                             ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl,
2446                             bool IsProtocolMethodDecl);
2447
2448  bool isPropertyReadonly(ObjCPropertyDecl *PropertyDecl,
2449                          ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl);
2450
2451  typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<Selector, 8> SelectorSet;
2452  typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, ObjCMethodDecl*> ProtocolsMethodsMap;
2453
2454  /// CheckProtocolMethodDefs - This routine checks unimplemented
2455  /// methods declared in protocol, and those referenced by it.
2456  void CheckProtocolMethodDefs(SourceLocation ImpLoc,
2457                               ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl,
2458                               bool& IncompleteImpl,
2459                               const SelectorSet &InsMap,
2460                               const SelectorSet &ClsMap,
2461                               ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl);
2462
2463  /// CheckImplementationIvars - This routine checks if the instance variables
2464  /// listed in the implelementation match those listed in the interface.
2465  void CheckImplementationIvars(ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl,
2466                                ObjCIvarDecl **Fields, unsigned nIvars,
2467                                SourceLocation Loc);
2468
2469  /// ImplMethodsVsClassMethods - This is main routine to warn if any method
2470  /// remains unimplemented in the class or category \@implementation.
2471  void ImplMethodsVsClassMethods(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
2472                                 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl,
2473                                 bool IncompleteImpl = false);
2474
2475  /// DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties - This routine warns on those properties
2476  /// which must be implemented by this implementation.
2477  void DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
2478                                       ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl);
2479
2480  /// DefaultSynthesizeProperties - This routine default synthesizes all
2481  /// properties which must be synthesized in the class's \@implementation.
2482  void DefaultSynthesizeProperties (Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
2483                                    ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl);
2484  void DefaultSynthesizeProperties(Scope *S, Decl *D);
2485
2486  /// CollectImmediateProperties - This routine collects all properties in
2487  /// the class and its conforming protocols; but not those it its super class.
2488  void CollectImmediateProperties(ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl,
2489            llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, ObjCPropertyDecl*>& PropMap,
2490            llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, ObjCPropertyDecl*>& SuperPropMap);
2491
2492  /// IvarBacksCurrentMethodAccessor - This routine returns 'true' if 'IV' is
2493  /// an ivar synthesized for 'Method' and 'Method' is a property accessor
2494  /// declared in class 'IFace'.
2495  bool IvarBacksCurrentMethodAccessor(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace,
2496                                      ObjCMethodDecl *Method, ObjCIvarDecl *IV);
2497
2498  /// Called by ActOnProperty to handle \@property declarations in
2499  /// class extensions.
2500  ObjCPropertyDecl *HandlePropertyInClassExtension(Scope *S,
2501                      SourceLocation AtLoc,
2502                      SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2503                      FieldDeclarator &FD,
2504                      Selector GetterSel,
2505                      Selector SetterSel,
2506                      const bool isAssign,
2507                      const bool isReadWrite,
2508                      const unsigned Attributes,
2509                      const unsigned AttributesAsWritten,
2510                      bool *isOverridingProperty,
2511                      TypeSourceInfo *T,
2512                      tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind);
2513
2514  /// Called by ActOnProperty and HandlePropertyInClassExtension to
2515  /// handle creating the ObjcPropertyDecl for a category or \@interface.
2516  ObjCPropertyDecl *CreatePropertyDecl(Scope *S,
2517                                       ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl,
2518                                       SourceLocation AtLoc,
2519                                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2520                                       FieldDeclarator &FD,
2521                                       Selector GetterSel,
2522                                       Selector SetterSel,
2523                                       const bool isAssign,
2524                                       const bool isReadWrite,
2525                                       const unsigned Attributes,
2526                                       const unsigned AttributesAsWritten,
2527                                       TypeSourceInfo *T,
2528                                       tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind,
2529                                       DeclContext *lexicalDC = 0);
2530
2531  /// AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules - This routine enforces the rule (via
2532  /// warning) when atomic property has one but not the other user-declared
2533  /// setter or getter.
2534  void AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules(ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
2535                                       ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl);
2536
2537  void DiagnoseOwningPropertyGetterSynthesis(const ObjCImplementationDecl *D);
2538
2539  void DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID, ObjCInterfaceDecl *SID);
2540
2541  enum MethodMatchStrategy {
2542    MMS_loose,
2543    MMS_strict
2544  };
2545
2546  /// MatchTwoMethodDeclarations - Checks if two methods' type match and returns
2547  /// true, or false, accordingly.
2548  bool MatchTwoMethodDeclarations(const ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
2549                                  const ObjCMethodDecl *PrevMethod,
2550                                  MethodMatchStrategy strategy = MMS_strict);
2551
2552  /// MatchAllMethodDeclarations - Check methods declaraed in interface or
2553  /// or protocol against those declared in their implementations.
2554  void MatchAllMethodDeclarations(const SelectorSet &InsMap,
2555                                  const SelectorSet &ClsMap,
2556                                  SelectorSet &InsMapSeen,
2557                                  SelectorSet &ClsMapSeen,
2558                                  ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
2559                                  ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl,
2560                                  bool &IncompleteImpl,
2561                                  bool ImmediateClass,
2562                                  bool WarnCategoryMethodImpl=false);
2563
2564  /// CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches - Checks that methods implemented in
2565  /// category matches with those implemented in its primary class and
2566  /// warns each time an exact match is found.
2567  void CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches(ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CatIMP);
2568
2569  /// \brief Add the given method to the list of globally-known methods.
2570  void addMethodToGlobalList(ObjCMethodList *List, ObjCMethodDecl *Method);
2571
2572private:
2573  /// AddMethodToGlobalPool - Add an instance or factory method to the global
2574  /// pool. See descriptoin of AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool.
2575  void AddMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl, bool instance);
2576
2577  /// LookupMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the instance or factory method and
2578  /// optionally warns if there are multiple signatures.
2579  ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R,
2580                                           bool receiverIdOrClass,
2581                                           bool warn, bool instance);
2582
2583public:
2584  /// AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool - All instance methods in a translation
2585  /// unit are added to a global pool. This allows us to efficiently associate
2586  /// a selector with a method declaraation for purposes of typechecking
2587  /// messages sent to "id" (where the class of the object is unknown).
2588  void AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) {
2589    AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/true);
2590  }
2591
2592  /// AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool - Same as above, but for factory methods.
2593  void AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) {
2594    AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/false);
2595  }
2596
2597  /// AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool - Add any method, instance or factory to global
2598  /// pool.
2599  void AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool(Decl *D);
2600
2601  /// LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if
2602  /// there are multiple signatures.
2603  ObjCMethodDecl *LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R,
2604                                                   bool receiverIdOrClass=false,
2605                                                   bool warn=true) {
2606    return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass,
2607                                    warn, /*instance*/true);
2608  }
2609
2610  /// LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if
2611  /// there are multiple signatures.
2612  ObjCMethodDecl *LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R,
2613                                                  bool receiverIdOrClass=false,
2614                                                  bool warn=true) {
2615    return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass,
2616                                    warn, /*instance*/false);
2617  }
2618
2619  /// LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method which has an
2620  /// implementation.
2621  ObjCMethodDecl *LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel);
2622
2623  /// CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct - Collect those ivars which require
2624  /// initialization.
2625  void CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct(ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI,
2626                                  SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars);
2627
2628  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2629  // Statement Parsing Callbacks: SemaStmt.cpp.
2630public:
2631  class FullExprArg {
2632  public:
2633    FullExprArg(Sema &actions) : E(0) { }
2634
2635    // FIXME: The const_cast here is ugly. RValue references would make this
2636    // much nicer (or we could duplicate a bunch of the move semantics
2637    // emulation code from Ownership.h).
2638    FullExprArg(const FullExprArg& Other) : E(Other.E) {}
2639
2640    ExprResult release() {
2641      return E;
2642    }
2643
2644    Expr *get() const { return E; }
2645
2646    Expr *operator->() {
2647      return E;
2648    }
2649
2650  private:
2651    // FIXME: No need to make the entire Sema class a friend when it's just
2652    // Sema::MakeFullExpr that needs access to the constructor below.
2653    friend class Sema;
2654
2655    explicit FullExprArg(Expr *expr) : E(expr) {}
2656
2657    Expr *E;
2658  };
2659
2660  FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg) {
2661    return MakeFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation());
2662  }
2663  FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg, SourceLocation CC) {
2664    return FullExprArg(ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, CC).release());
2665  }
2666  FullExprArg MakeFullDiscardedValueExpr(Expr *Arg) {
2667    ExprResult FE =
2668      ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation(),
2669                          /*DiscardedValue*/ true);
2670    return FullExprArg(FE.release());
2671  }
2672
2673  StmtResult ActOnExprStmt(ExprResult Arg);
2674  StmtResult ActOnExprStmtError();
2675
2676  StmtResult ActOnNullStmt(SourceLocation SemiLoc,
2677                           bool HasLeadingEmptyMacro = false);
2678
2679  void ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt();
2680  void ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt();
2681  StmtResult ActOnCompoundStmt(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R,
2682                                       MultiStmtArg Elts,
2683                                       bool isStmtExpr);
2684
2685  /// \brief A RAII object to enter scope of a compound statement.
2686  class CompoundScopeRAII {
2687  public:
2688    CompoundScopeRAII(Sema &S): S(S) {
2689      S.ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt();
2690    }
2691
2692    ~CompoundScopeRAII() {
2693      S.ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt();
2694    }
2695
2696  private:
2697    Sema &S;
2698  };
2699
2700  StmtResult ActOnDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl,
2701                                   SourceLocation StartLoc,
2702                                   SourceLocation EndLoc);
2703  void ActOnForEachDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl);
2704  StmtResult ActOnForEachLValueExpr(Expr *E);
2705  StmtResult ActOnCaseStmt(SourceLocation CaseLoc, Expr *LHSVal,
2706                                   SourceLocation DotDotDotLoc, Expr *RHSVal,
2707                                   SourceLocation ColonLoc);
2708  void ActOnCaseStmtBody(Stmt *CaseStmt, Stmt *SubStmt);
2709
2710  StmtResult ActOnDefaultStmt(SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
2711                                      SourceLocation ColonLoc,
2712                                      Stmt *SubStmt, Scope *CurScope);
2713  StmtResult ActOnLabelStmt(SourceLocation IdentLoc, LabelDecl *TheDecl,
2714                            SourceLocation ColonLoc, Stmt *SubStmt);
2715
2716  StmtResult ActOnAttributedStmt(SourceLocation AttrLoc,
2717                                 ArrayRef<const Attr*> Attrs,
2718                                 Stmt *SubStmt);
2719
2720  StmtResult ActOnIfStmt(SourceLocation IfLoc,
2721                         FullExprArg CondVal, Decl *CondVar,
2722                         Stmt *ThenVal,
2723                         SourceLocation ElseLoc, Stmt *ElseVal);
2724  StmtResult ActOnStartOfSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc,
2725                                            Expr *Cond,
2726                                            Decl *CondVar);
2727  StmtResult ActOnFinishSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc,
2728                                           Stmt *Switch, Stmt *Body);
2729  StmtResult ActOnWhileStmt(SourceLocation WhileLoc,
2730                            FullExprArg Cond,
2731                            Decl *CondVar, Stmt *Body);
2732  StmtResult ActOnDoStmt(SourceLocation DoLoc, Stmt *Body,
2733                                 SourceLocation WhileLoc,
2734                                 SourceLocation CondLParen, Expr *Cond,
2735                                 SourceLocation CondRParen);
2736
2737  StmtResult ActOnForStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc,
2738                          SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2739                          Stmt *First, FullExprArg Second,
2740                          Decl *SecondVar,
2741                          FullExprArg Third,
2742                          SourceLocation RParenLoc,
2743                          Stmt *Body);
2744  ExprResult CheckObjCForCollectionOperand(SourceLocation forLoc,
2745                                           Expr *collection);
2746  StmtResult ActOnObjCForCollectionStmt(SourceLocation ForColLoc,
2747                                        Stmt *First, Expr *collection,
2748                                        SourceLocation RParenLoc);
2749  StmtResult FinishObjCForCollectionStmt(Stmt *ForCollection, Stmt *Body);
2750
2751  enum BuildForRangeKind {
2752    /// Initial building of a for-range statement.
2753    BFRK_Build,
2754    /// Instantiation or recovery rebuild of a for-range statement. Don't
2755    /// attempt any typo-correction.
2756    BFRK_Rebuild,
2757    /// Determining whether a for-range statement could be built. Avoid any
2758    /// unnecessary or irreversible actions.
2759    BFRK_Check
2760  };
2761
2762  StmtResult ActOnCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, Stmt *LoopVar,
2763                                  SourceLocation ColonLoc, Expr *Collection,
2764                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc,
2765                                  BuildForRangeKind Kind);
2766  StmtResult BuildCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc,
2767                                  SourceLocation ColonLoc,
2768                                  Stmt *RangeDecl, Stmt *BeginEndDecl,
2769                                  Expr *Cond, Expr *Inc,
2770                                  Stmt *LoopVarDecl,
2771                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc,
2772                                  BuildForRangeKind Kind);
2773  StmtResult FinishCXXForRangeStmt(Stmt *ForRange, Stmt *Body);
2774
2775  StmtResult ActOnGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc,
2776                           SourceLocation LabelLoc,
2777                           LabelDecl *TheDecl);
2778  StmtResult ActOnIndirectGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc,
2779                                   SourceLocation StarLoc,
2780                                   Expr *DestExp);
2781  StmtResult ActOnContinueStmt(SourceLocation ContinueLoc, Scope *CurScope);
2782  StmtResult ActOnBreakStmt(SourceLocation BreakLoc, Scope *CurScope);
2783
2784  void ActOnCapturedRegionStart(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *CurScope,
2785                                sema::CapturedRegionScopeInfo::CapturedRegionKind Kind);
2786  StmtResult ActOnCapturedRegionEnd(Stmt *S);
2787  void ActOnCapturedRegionError(bool IsInstantiation = false);
2788  RecordDecl *CreateCapturedStmtRecordDecl(CapturedDecl *&CD,
2789                                           SourceLocation Loc);
2790  const VarDecl *getCopyElisionCandidate(QualType ReturnType, Expr *E,
2791                                         bool AllowFunctionParameters);
2792
2793  StmtResult ActOnReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp);
2794  StmtResult ActOnCapScopeReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp);
2795
2796  StmtResult ActOnGCCAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, bool IsSimple,
2797                             bool IsVolatile, unsigned NumOutputs,
2798                             unsigned NumInputs, IdentifierInfo **Names,
2799                             MultiExprArg Constraints, MultiExprArg Exprs,
2800                             Expr *AsmString, MultiExprArg Clobbers,
2801                             SourceLocation RParenLoc);
2802
2803  NamedDecl *LookupInlineAsmIdentifier(StringRef &LineBuf, SourceLocation Loc,
2804                                       InlineAsmIdentifierInfo &Info);
2805  bool LookupInlineAsmField(StringRef Base, StringRef Member,
2806                            unsigned &Offset, SourceLocation AsmLoc);
2807  StmtResult ActOnMSAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
2808                            ArrayRef<Token> AsmToks, SourceLocation EndLoc);
2809
2810  VarDecl *BuildObjCExceptionDecl(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, QualType ExceptionType,
2811                                  SourceLocation StartLoc,
2812                                  SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
2813                                  bool Invalid = false);
2814
2815  Decl *ActOnObjCExceptionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
2816
2817  StmtResult ActOnObjCAtCatchStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation RParen,
2818                                  Decl *Parm, Stmt *Body);
2819
2820  StmtResult ActOnObjCAtFinallyStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body);
2821
2822  StmtResult ActOnObjCAtTryStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Try,
2823                                MultiStmtArg Catch, Stmt *Finally);
2824
2825  StmtResult BuildObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw);
2826  StmtResult ActOnObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw,
2827                                  Scope *CurScope);
2828  ExprResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedOperand(SourceLocation atLoc,
2829                                            Expr *operand);
2830  StmtResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc,
2831                                         Expr *SynchExpr,
2832                                         Stmt *SynchBody);
2833
2834  StmtResult ActOnObjCAutoreleasePoolStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body);
2835
2836  VarDecl *BuildExceptionDeclaration(Scope *S, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
2837                                     SourceLocation StartLoc,
2838                                     SourceLocation IdLoc,
2839                                     IdentifierInfo *Id);
2840
2841  Decl *ActOnExceptionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
2842
2843  StmtResult ActOnCXXCatchBlock(SourceLocation CatchLoc,
2844                                Decl *ExDecl, Stmt *HandlerBlock);
2845  StmtResult ActOnCXXTryBlock(SourceLocation TryLoc, Stmt *TryBlock,
2846                              MultiStmtArg Handlers);
2847
2848  StmtResult ActOnSEHTryBlock(bool IsCXXTry, // try (true) or __try (false) ?
2849                              SourceLocation TryLoc,
2850                              Stmt *TryBlock,
2851                              Stmt *Handler);
2852
2853  StmtResult ActOnSEHExceptBlock(SourceLocation Loc,
2854                                 Expr *FilterExpr,
2855                                 Stmt *Block);
2856
2857  StmtResult ActOnSEHFinallyBlock(SourceLocation Loc,
2858                                  Stmt *Block);
2859
2860  void DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(CXXTryStmt *TryBlock);
2861
2862  bool ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const;
2863
2864  /// \brief If it's a file scoped decl that must warn if not used, keep track
2865  /// of it.
2866  void MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D);
2867
2868  /// DiagnoseUnusedExprResult - If the statement passed in is an expression
2869  /// whose result is unused, warn.
2870  void DiagnoseUnusedExprResult(const Stmt *S);
2871  void DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *ND);
2872
2873  /// Emit \p DiagID if statement located on \p StmtLoc has a suspicious null
2874  /// statement as a \p Body, and it is located on the same line.
2875  ///
2876  /// This helps prevent bugs due to typos, such as:
2877  ///     if (condition);
2878  ///       do_stuff();
2879  void DiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceLocation StmtLoc,
2880                             const Stmt *Body,
2881                             unsigned DiagID);
2882
2883  /// Warn if a for/while loop statement \p S, which is followed by
2884  /// \p PossibleBody, has a suspicious null statement as a body.
2885  void DiagnoseEmptyLoopBody(const Stmt *S,
2886                             const Stmt *PossibleBody);
2887
2888  ParsingDeclState PushParsingDeclaration(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) {
2889    return DelayedDiagnostics.push(pool);
2890  }
2891  void PopParsingDeclaration(ParsingDeclState state, Decl *decl);
2892
2893  typedef ProcessingContextState ParsingClassState;
2894  ParsingClassState PushParsingClass() {
2895    return DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed();
2896  }
2897  void PopParsingClass(ParsingClassState state) {
2898    DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(state);
2899  }
2900
2901  void redelayDiagnostics(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool);
2902
2903  void EmitDeprecationWarning(NamedDecl *D, StringRef Message,
2904                              SourceLocation Loc,
2905                              const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass,
2906                              const ObjCPropertyDecl  *ObjCProperty);
2907
2908  void HandleDelayedDeprecationCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx);
2909
2910  bool makeUnavailableInSystemHeader(SourceLocation loc,
2911                                     StringRef message);
2912
2913  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2914  // Expression Parsing Callbacks: SemaExpr.cpp.
2915
2916  bool CanUseDecl(NamedDecl *D);
2917  bool DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
2918                         const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass=0);
2919  void NoteDeletedFunction(FunctionDecl *FD);
2920  std::string getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(const FunctionDecl *FD);
2921  bool DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *PD,
2922                                        ObjCMethodDecl *Getter,
2923                                        SourceLocation Loc);
2924  void DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
2925                             Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs);
2926
2927  void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
2928                                       Decl *LambdaContextDecl = 0,
2929                                       bool IsDecltype = false);
2930  enum ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t { ReuseLambdaContextDecl };
2931  void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
2932                                       ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t,
2933                                       bool IsDecltype = false);
2934  void PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
2935
2936  void DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
2937
2938  ExprResult TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(Expr *E);
2939  ExprResult HandleExprEvaluationContextForTypeof(Expr *E);
2940
2941  ExprResult ActOnConstantExpression(ExprResult Res);
2942
2943  // Functions for marking a declaration referenced.  These functions also
2944  // contain the relevant logic for marking if a reference to a function or
2945  // variable is an odr-use (in the C++11 sense).  There are separate variants
2946  // for expressions referring to a decl; these exist because odr-use marking
2947  // needs to be delayed for some constant variables when we build one of the
2948  // named expressions.
2949  void MarkAnyDeclReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D, bool OdrUse);
2950  void MarkFunctionReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *Func);
2951  void MarkVariableReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, VarDecl *Var);
2952  void MarkDeclRefReferenced(DeclRefExpr *E);
2953  void MarkMemberReferenced(MemberExpr *E);
2954
2955  void UpdateMarkingForLValueToRValue(Expr *E);
2956  void CleanupVarDeclMarking();
2957
2958  enum TryCaptureKind {
2959    TryCapture_Implicit, TryCapture_ExplicitByVal, TryCapture_ExplicitByRef
2960  };
2961
2962  /// \brief Try to capture the given variable.
2963  ///
2964  /// \param Var The variable to capture.
2965  ///
2966  /// \param Loc The location at which the capture occurs.
2967  ///
2968  /// \param Kind The kind of capture, which may be implicit (for either a
2969  /// block or a lambda), or explicit by-value or by-reference (for a lambda).
2970  ///
2971  /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis, if one is provided in
2972  /// an explicit lambda capture.
2973  ///
2974  /// \param BuildAndDiagnose Whether we are actually supposed to add the
2975  /// captures or diagnose errors. If false, this routine merely check whether
2976  /// the capture can occur without performing the capture itself or complaining
2977  /// if the variable cannot be captured.
2978  ///
2979  /// \param CaptureType Will be set to the type of the field used to capture
2980  /// this variable in the innermost block or lambda. Only valid when the
2981  /// variable can be captured.
2982  ///
2983  /// \param DeclRefType Will be set to the type of a reference to the capture
2984  /// from within the current scope. Only valid when the variable can be
2985  /// captured.
2986  ///
2987  /// \returns true if an error occurred (i.e., the variable cannot be
2988  /// captured) and false if the capture succeeded.
2989  bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, TryCaptureKind Kind,
2990                          SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, bool BuildAndDiagnose,
2991                          QualType &CaptureType,
2992                          QualType &DeclRefType);
2993
2994  /// \brief Try to capture the given variable.
2995  bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc,
2996                          TryCaptureKind Kind = TryCapture_Implicit,
2997                          SourceLocation EllipsisLoc = SourceLocation());
2998
2999  /// \brief Given a variable, determine the type that a reference to that
3000  /// variable will have in the given scope.
3001  QualType getCapturedDeclRefType(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc);
3002
3003  void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T);
3004  void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(Expr *E,
3005                                        bool SkipLocalVariables = false);
3006
3007  /// \brief Try to recover by turning the given expression into a
3008  /// call.  Returns true if recovery was attempted or an error was
3009  /// emitted; this may also leave the ExprResult invalid.
3010  bool tryToRecoverWithCall(ExprResult &E, const PartialDiagnostic &PD,
3011                            bool ForceComplain = false,
3012                            bool (*IsPlausibleResult)(QualType) = 0);
3013
3014  /// \brief Figure out if an expression could be turned into a call.
3015  bool isExprCallable(const Expr &E, QualType &ZeroArgCallReturnTy,
3016                      UnresolvedSetImpl &NonTemplateOverloads);
3017
3018  /// \brief Conditionally issue a diagnostic based on the current
3019  /// evaluation context.
3020  ///
3021  /// \param Statement If Statement is non-null, delay reporting the
3022  /// diagnostic until the function body is parsed, and then do a basic
3023  /// reachability analysis to determine if the statement is reachable.
3024  /// If it is unreachable, the diagnostic will not be emitted.
3025  bool DiagRuntimeBehavior(SourceLocation Loc, const Stmt *Statement,
3026                           const PartialDiagnostic &PD);
3027
3028  // Primary Expressions.
3029  SourceRange getExprRange(Expr *E) const;
3030
3031  ExprResult ActOnIdExpression(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3032                               SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3033                               UnqualifiedId &Id,
3034                               bool HasTrailingLParen, bool IsAddressOfOperand,
3035                               CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC = 0);
3036
3037  void DecomposeUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Id,
3038                              TemplateArgumentListInfo &Buffer,
3039                              DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3040                              const TemplateArgumentListInfo *&TemplateArgs);
3041
3042  bool DiagnoseEmptyLookup(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, LookupResult &R,
3043                           CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC,
3044                           TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0,
3045                           ArrayRef<Expr *> Args = ArrayRef<Expr *>());
3046
3047  ExprResult LookupInObjCMethod(LookupResult &LookUp, Scope *S,
3048                                IdentifierInfo *II,
3049                                bool AllowBuiltinCreation=false);
3050
3051  ExprResult ActOnDependentIdExpression(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3052                                        SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3053                                        const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3054                                        bool isAddressOfOperand,
3055                                const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
3056
3057  ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty,
3058                              ExprValueKind VK,
3059                              SourceLocation Loc,
3060                              const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0);
3061  ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty,
3062                              ExprValueKind VK,
3063                              const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3064                              const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0,
3065                              NamedDecl *FoundD = 0);
3066  ExprResult
3067  BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3068                                           SourceLocation nameLoc,
3069                                           IndirectFieldDecl *indirectField,
3070                                           Expr *baseObjectExpr = 0,
3071                                      SourceLocation opLoc = SourceLocation());
3072  ExprResult BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3073                                             SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3074                                             LookupResult &R,
3075                                const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
3076  ExprResult BuildImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3077                                     SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3078                                     LookupResult &R,
3079                                const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
3080                                     bool IsDefiniteInstance);
3081  bool UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3082                                  const LookupResult &R,
3083                                  bool HasTrailingLParen);
3084
3085  ExprResult BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3086                                         const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3087                                               bool IsAddressOfOperand);
3088  ExprResult BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3089                                       SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3090                                const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3091                                const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
3092
3093  ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3094                                      LookupResult &R,
3095                                      bool NeedsADL);
3096  ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3097                                      const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3098                                      NamedDecl *D, NamedDecl *FoundD = 0);
3099
3100  ExprResult BuildLiteralOperatorCall(LookupResult &R,
3101                                      DeclarationNameInfo &SuffixInfo,
3102                                      ArrayRef<Expr*> Args,
3103                                      SourceLocation LitEndLoc,
3104                            TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0);
3105
3106  ExprResult ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc, tok::TokenKind Kind);
3107  ExprResult ActOnIntegerConstant(SourceLocation Loc, uint64_t Val);
3108  ExprResult ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = 0);
3109  ExprResult ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = 0);
3110  ExprResult ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, Expr *E);
3111  ExprResult ActOnParenListExpr(SourceLocation L,
3112                                SourceLocation R,
3113                                MultiExprArg Val);
3114
3115  /// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
3116  /// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz").
3117  ExprResult ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks,
3118                                Scope *UDLScope = 0);
3119
3120  ExprResult ActOnGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc,
3121                                       SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
3122                                       SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3123                                       Expr *ControllingExpr,
3124                                       MultiTypeArg ArgTypes,
3125                                       MultiExprArg ArgExprs);
3126  ExprResult CreateGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc,
3127                                        SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
3128                                        SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3129                                        Expr *ControllingExpr,
3130                                        TypeSourceInfo **Types,
3131                                        Expr **Exprs,
3132                                        unsigned NumAssocs);
3133
3134  // Binary/Unary Operators.  'Tok' is the token for the operator.
3135  ExprResult CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, UnaryOperatorKind Opc,
3136                                  Expr *InputExpr);
3137  ExprResult BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3138                          UnaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *Input);
3139  ExprResult ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3140                          tok::TokenKind Op, Expr *Input);
3141
3142  ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
3143                                            SourceLocation OpLoc,
3144                                            UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind,
3145                                            SourceRange R);
3146  ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3147                                            UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind);
3148  ExprResult
3149    ActOnUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc,
3150                                  UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind,
3151                                  bool IsType, void *TyOrEx,
3152                                  const SourceRange &ArgRange);
3153
3154  ExprResult CheckPlaceholderExpr(Expr *E);
3155  bool CheckVecStepExpr(Expr *E);
3156
3157  bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(Expr *E, UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind);
3158  bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(QualType ExprType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3159                                        SourceRange ExprRange,
3160                                        UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind);
3161  ExprResult ActOnSizeofParameterPackExpr(Scope *S,
3162                                          SourceLocation OpLoc,
3163                                          IdentifierInfo &Name,
3164                                          SourceLocation NameLoc,
3165                                          SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3166  ExprResult ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3167                                 tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *Input);
3168
3169  ExprResult ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
3170                                     Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc);
3171  ExprResult CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
3172                                             Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc);
3173
3174  ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType,
3175                                      SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow,
3176                                      CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3177                                      SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3178                                      NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
3179                                const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3180                                const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
3181
3182  // This struct is for use by ActOnMemberAccess to allow
3183  // BuildMemberReferenceExpr to be able to reinvoke ActOnMemberAccess after
3184  // changing the access operator from a '.' to a '->' (to see if that is the
3185  // change needed to fix an error about an unknown member, e.g. when the class
3186  // defines a custom operator->).
3187  struct ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs {
3188    Scope *S;
3189    UnqualifiedId &Id;
3190    Decl *ObjCImpDecl;
3191    bool HasTrailingLParen;
3192  };
3193
3194  ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType,
3195                                      SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow,
3196                                      const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3197                                      SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3198                                      NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
3199                                      LookupResult &R,
3200                                 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
3201                                      bool SuppressQualifierCheck = false,
3202                                     ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs *ExtraArgs = 0);
3203
3204  ExprResult PerformMemberExprBaseConversion(Expr *Base, bool IsArrow);
3205  ExprResult LookupMemberExpr(LookupResult &R, ExprResult &Base,
3206                              bool &IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3207                              CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3208                              Decl *ObjCImpDecl,
3209                              bool HasTemplateArgs);
3210
3211  bool CheckQualifiedMemberReference(Expr *BaseExpr, QualType BaseType,
3212                                     const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3213                                     const LookupResult &R);
3214
3215  ExprResult ActOnDependentMemberExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType,
3216                                      bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3217                                      const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3218                                      SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3219                                      NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
3220                               const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3221                               const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
3222
3223  ExprResult ActOnMemberAccessExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
3224                                   SourceLocation OpLoc,
3225                                   tok::TokenKind OpKind,
3226                                   CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3227                                   SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3228                                   UnqualifiedId &Member,
3229                                   Decl *ObjCImpDecl,
3230                                   bool HasTrailingLParen);
3231
3232  void ActOnDefaultCtorInitializers(Decl *CDtorDecl);
3233  bool ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
3234                               FunctionDecl *FDecl,
3235                               const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
3236                               Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
3237                               SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3238                               bool ExecConfig = false);
3239  void CheckStaticArrayArgument(SourceLocation CallLoc,
3240                                ParmVarDecl *Param,
3241                                const Expr *ArgExpr);
3242
3243  /// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
3244  /// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
3245  /// locations.
3246  ExprResult ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3247                           MultiExprArg ArgExprs, SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3248                           Expr *ExecConfig = 0, bool IsExecConfig = false);
3249  ExprResult BuildResolvedCallExpr(Expr *Fn, NamedDecl *NDecl,
3250                                   SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3251                                   Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
3252                                   SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3253                                   Expr *Config = 0,
3254                                   bool IsExecConfig = false);
3255
3256  ExprResult ActOnCUDAExecConfigExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LLLLoc,
3257                                     MultiExprArg ExecConfig,
3258                                     SourceLocation GGGLoc);
3259
3260  ExprResult ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3261                           Declarator &D, ParsedType &Ty,
3262                           SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *CastExpr);
3263  ExprResult BuildCStyleCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3264                                 TypeSourceInfo *Ty,
3265                                 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3266                                 Expr *Op);
3267  CastKind PrepareScalarCast(ExprResult &src, QualType destType);
3268
3269  /// \brief Build an altivec or OpenCL literal.
3270  ExprResult BuildVectorLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3271                                SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *E,
3272                                TypeSourceInfo *TInfo);
3273
3274  ExprResult MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, Expr *ME);
3275
3276  ExprResult ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3277                                  ParsedType Ty,
3278                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3279                                  Expr *InitExpr);
3280
3281  ExprResult BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3282                                      TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
3283                                      SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3284                                      Expr *LiteralExpr);
3285
3286  ExprResult ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
3287                           MultiExprArg InitArgList,
3288                           SourceLocation RBraceLoc);
3289
3290  ExprResult ActOnDesignatedInitializer(Designation &Desig,
3291                                        SourceLocation Loc,
3292                                        bool GNUSyntax,
3293                                        ExprResult Init);
3294
3295  ExprResult ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
3296                        tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
3297  ExprResult BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3298                        BinaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
3299  ExprResult CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, BinaryOperatorKind Opc,
3300                                Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
3301
3302  /// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation.  Note that 'LHS' may be null
3303  /// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
3304  ExprResult ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
3305                                SourceLocation ColonLoc,
3306                                Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
3307
3308  /// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
3309  ExprResult ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LabLoc,
3310                            LabelDecl *TheDecl);
3311
3312  void ActOnStartStmtExpr();
3313  ExprResult ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, Stmt *SubStmt,
3314                           SourceLocation RPLoc); // "({..})"
3315  void ActOnStmtExprError();
3316
3317  // __builtin_offsetof(type, identifier(.identifier|[expr])*)
3318  struct OffsetOfComponent {
3319    SourceLocation LocStart, LocEnd;
3320    bool isBrackets;  // true if [expr], false if .ident
3321    union {
3322      IdentifierInfo *IdentInfo;
3323      Expr *E;
3324    } U;
3325  };
3326
3327  /// __builtin_offsetof(type, a.b[123][456].c)
3328  ExprResult BuildBuiltinOffsetOf(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
3329                                  TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
3330                                  OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
3331                                  unsigned NumComponents,
3332                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3333  ExprResult ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
3334                                  SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
3335                                  SourceLocation TypeLoc,
3336                                  ParsedType ParsedArgTy,
3337                                  OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
3338                                  unsigned NumComponents,
3339                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3340
3341  // __builtin_choose_expr(constExpr, expr1, expr2)
3342  ExprResult ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
3343                             Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr,
3344                             Expr *RHSExpr, SourceLocation RPLoc);
3345
3346  // __builtin_va_arg(expr, type)
3347  ExprResult ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, ParsedType Ty,
3348                        SourceLocation RPLoc);
3349  ExprResult BuildVAArgExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E,
3350                            TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, SourceLocation RPLoc);
3351
3352  // __null
3353  ExprResult ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc);
3354
3355  bool CheckCaseExpression(Expr *E);
3356
3357  /// \brief Describes the result of an "if-exists" condition check.
3358  enum IfExistsResult {
3359    /// \brief The symbol exists.
3360    IER_Exists,
3361
3362    /// \brief The symbol does not exist.
3363    IER_DoesNotExist,
3364
3365    /// \brief The name is a dependent name, so the results will differ
3366    /// from one instantiation to the next.
3367    IER_Dependent,
3368
3369    /// \brief An error occurred.
3370    IER_Error
3371  };
3372
3373  IfExistsResult
3374  CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3375                               const DeclarationNameInfo &TargetNameInfo);
3376
3377  IfExistsResult
3378  CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
3379                               bool IsIfExists, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3380                               UnqualifiedId &Name);
3381
3382  StmtResult BuildMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
3383                                        bool IsIfExists,
3384                                        NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc,
3385                                        DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo,
3386                                        Stmt *Nested);
3387  StmtResult ActOnMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
3388                                        bool IsIfExists,
3389                                        CXXScopeSpec &SS, UnqualifiedId &Name,
3390                                        Stmt *Nested);
3391
3392  //===------------------------- "Block" Extension ------------------------===//
3393
3394  /// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is
3395  /// started.
3396  void ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope);
3397
3398  /// ActOnBlockArguments - This callback allows processing of block arguments.
3399  /// If there are no arguments, this is still invoked.
3400  void ActOnBlockArguments(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Declarator &ParamInfo,
3401                           Scope *CurScope);
3402
3403  /// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
3404  /// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
3405  void ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope);
3406
3407  /// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
3408  /// literal was successfully completed.  ^(int x){...}
3409  ExprResult ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Stmt *Body,
3410                                Scope *CurScope);
3411
3412  //===---------------------------- OpenCL Features -----------------------===//
3413
3414  /// __builtin_astype(...)
3415  ExprResult ActOnAsTypeExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy,
3416                             SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
3417                             SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3418
3419  //===---------------------------- C++ Features --------------------------===//
3420
3421  // Act on C++ namespaces
3422  Decl *ActOnStartNamespaceDef(Scope *S, SourceLocation InlineLoc,
3423                               SourceLocation NamespaceLoc,
3424                               SourceLocation IdentLoc,
3425                               IdentifierInfo *Ident,
3426                               SourceLocation LBrace,
3427                               AttributeList *AttrList);
3428  void ActOnFinishNamespaceDef(Decl *Dcl, SourceLocation RBrace);
3429
3430  NamespaceDecl *getStdNamespace() const;
3431  NamespaceDecl *getOrCreateStdNamespace();
3432
3433  CXXRecordDecl *getStdBadAlloc() const;
3434
3435  /// \brief Tests whether Ty is an instance of std::initializer_list and, if
3436  /// it is and Element is not NULL, assigns the element type to Element.
3437  bool isStdInitializerList(QualType Ty, QualType *Element);
3438
3439  /// \brief Looks for the std::initializer_list template and instantiates it
3440  /// with Element, or emits an error if it's not found.
3441  ///
3442  /// \returns The instantiated template, or null on error.
3443  QualType BuildStdInitializerList(QualType Element, SourceLocation Loc);
3444
3445  /// \brief Determine whether Ctor is an initializer-list constructor, as
3446  /// defined in [dcl.init.list]p2.
3447  bool isInitListConstructor(const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor);
3448
3449  Decl *ActOnUsingDirective(Scope *CurScope,
3450                            SourceLocation UsingLoc,
3451                            SourceLocation NamespcLoc,
3452                            CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3453                            SourceLocation IdentLoc,
3454                            IdentifierInfo *NamespcName,
3455                            AttributeList *AttrList);
3456
3457  void PushUsingDirective(Scope *S, UsingDirectiveDecl *UDir);
3458
3459  Decl *ActOnNamespaceAliasDef(Scope *CurScope,
3460                               SourceLocation NamespaceLoc,
3461                               SourceLocation AliasLoc,
3462                               IdentifierInfo *Alias,
3463                               CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3464                               SourceLocation IdentLoc,
3465                               IdentifierInfo *Ident);
3466
3467  void HideUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingShadowDecl *Shadow);
3468  bool CheckUsingShadowDecl(UsingDecl *UD, NamedDecl *Target,
3469                            const LookupResult &PreviousDecls);
3470  UsingShadowDecl *BuildUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingDecl *UD,
3471                                        NamedDecl *Target);
3472
3473  bool CheckUsingDeclRedeclaration(SourceLocation UsingLoc,
3474                                   bool isTypeName,
3475                                   const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3476                                   SourceLocation NameLoc,
3477                                   const LookupResult &Previous);
3478  bool CheckUsingDeclQualifier(SourceLocation UsingLoc,
3479                               const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3480                               SourceLocation NameLoc);
3481
3482  NamedDecl *BuildUsingDeclaration(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
3483                                   SourceLocation UsingLoc,
3484                                   CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3485                                   const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3486                                   AttributeList *AttrList,
3487                                   bool IsInstantiation,
3488                                   bool IsTypeName,
3489                                   SourceLocation TypenameLoc);
3490
3491  bool CheckInheritingConstructorUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UD);
3492
3493  Decl *ActOnUsingDeclaration(Scope *CurScope,
3494                              AccessSpecifier AS,
3495                              bool HasUsingKeyword,
3496                              SourceLocation UsingLoc,
3497                              CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3498                              UnqualifiedId &Name,
3499                              AttributeList *AttrList,
3500                              bool IsTypeName,
3501                              SourceLocation TypenameLoc);
3502  Decl *ActOnAliasDeclaration(Scope *CurScope,
3503                              AccessSpecifier AS,
3504                              MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams,
3505                              SourceLocation UsingLoc,
3506                              UnqualifiedId &Name,
3507                              AttributeList *AttrList,
3508                              TypeResult Type);
3509
3510  /// BuildCXXConstructExpr - Creates a complete call to a constructor,
3511  /// including handling of its default argument expressions.
3512  ///
3513  /// \param ConstructKind - a CXXConstructExpr::ConstructionKind
3514  ExprResult
3515  BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType,
3516                        CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, MultiExprArg Exprs,
3517                        bool HadMultipleCandidates, bool IsListInitialization,
3518                        bool RequiresZeroInit, unsigned ConstructKind,
3519                        SourceRange ParenRange);
3520
3521  // FIXME: Can re remove this and have the above BuildCXXConstructExpr check if
3522  // the constructor can be elidable?
3523  ExprResult
3524  BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType,
3525                        CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool Elidable,
3526                        MultiExprArg Exprs, bool HadMultipleCandidates,
3527                        bool IsListInitialization, bool RequiresZeroInit,
3528                        unsigned ConstructKind, SourceRange ParenRange);
3529
3530  /// BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr - Creates a CXXDefaultArgExpr, instantiating
3531  /// the default expr if needed.
3532  ExprResult BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc,
3533                                    FunctionDecl *FD,
3534                                    ParmVarDecl *Param);
3535
3536  /// FinalizeVarWithDestructor - Prepare for calling destructor on the
3537  /// constructed variable.
3538  void FinalizeVarWithDestructor(VarDecl *VD, const RecordType *DeclInitType);
3539
3540  /// \brief Helper class that collects exception specifications for
3541  /// implicitly-declared special member functions.
3542  class ImplicitExceptionSpecification {
3543    // Pointer to allow copying
3544    Sema *Self;
3545    // We order exception specifications thus:
3546    // noexcept is the most restrictive, but is only used in C++11.
3547    // throw() comes next.
3548    // Then a throw(collected exceptions)
3549    // Finally no specification, which is expressed as noexcept(false).
3550    // throw(...) is used instead if any called function uses it.
3551    ExceptionSpecificationType ComputedEST;
3552    llvm::SmallPtrSet<CanQualType, 4> ExceptionsSeen;
3553    SmallVector<QualType, 4> Exceptions;
3554
3555    void ClearExceptions() {
3556      ExceptionsSeen.clear();
3557      Exceptions.clear();
3558    }
3559
3560  public:
3561    explicit ImplicitExceptionSpecification(Sema &Self)
3562      : Self(&Self), ComputedEST(EST_BasicNoexcept) {
3563      if (!Self.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
3564        ComputedEST = EST_DynamicNone;
3565    }
3566
3567    /// \brief Get the computed exception specification type.
3568    ExceptionSpecificationType getExceptionSpecType() const {
3569      assert(ComputedEST != EST_ComputedNoexcept &&
3570             "noexcept(expr) should not be a possible result");
3571      return ComputedEST;
3572    }
3573
3574    /// \brief The number of exceptions in the exception specification.
3575    unsigned size() const { return Exceptions.size(); }
3576
3577    /// \brief The set of exceptions in the exception specification.
3578    const QualType *data() const { return Exceptions.data(); }
3579
3580    /// \brief Integrate another called method into the collected data.
3581    void CalledDecl(SourceLocation CallLoc, const CXXMethodDecl *Method);
3582
3583    /// \brief Integrate an invoked expression into the collected data.
3584    void CalledExpr(Expr *E);
3585
3586    /// \brief Overwrite an EPI's exception specification with this
3587    /// computed exception specification.
3588    void getEPI(FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI) const {
3589      EPI.ExceptionSpecType = getExceptionSpecType();
3590      if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Dynamic) {
3591        EPI.NumExceptions = size();
3592        EPI.Exceptions = data();
3593      } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_None) {
3594        /// C++11 [except.spec]p14:
3595        ///   The exception-specification is noexcept(false) if the set of
3596        ///   potential exceptions of the special member function contains "any"
3597        EPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_ComputedNoexcept;
3598        EPI.NoexceptExpr = Self->ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation(),
3599                                                     tok::kw_false).take();
3600      }
3601    }
3602    FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo getEPI() const {
3603      FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI;
3604      getEPI(EPI);
3605      return EPI;
3606    }
3607  };
3608
3609  /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted
3610  /// copy constructor of a class will have.
3611  ImplicitExceptionSpecification
3612  ComputeDefaultedDefaultCtorExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc,
3613                                           CXXMethodDecl *MD);
3614
3615  /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted
3616  /// default constructor of a class will have, and whether the parameter
3617  /// will be const.
3618  ImplicitExceptionSpecification
3619  ComputeDefaultedCopyCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
3620
3621  /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defautled
3622  /// copy assignment operator of a class will have, and whether the
3623  /// parameter will be const.
3624  ImplicitExceptionSpecification
3625  ComputeDefaultedCopyAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
3626
3627  /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move
3628  /// constructor of a class will have.
3629  ImplicitExceptionSpecification
3630  ComputeDefaultedMoveCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
3631
3632  /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move
3633  /// assignment operator of a class will have.
3634  ImplicitExceptionSpecification
3635  ComputeDefaultedMoveAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
3636
3637  /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted
3638  /// destructor of a class will have.
3639  ImplicitExceptionSpecification
3640  ComputeDefaultedDtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
3641
3642  /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification an inheriting
3643  /// constructor of a class will have.
3644  ImplicitExceptionSpecification
3645  ComputeInheritingCtorExceptionSpec(CXXConstructorDecl *CD);
3646
3647  /// \brief Evaluate the implicit exception specification for a defaulted
3648  /// special member function.
3649  void EvaluateImplicitExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, CXXMethodDecl *MD);
3650
3651  /// \brief Check the given exception-specification and update the
3652  /// extended prototype information with the results.
3653  void checkExceptionSpecification(ExceptionSpecificationType EST,
3654                                   ArrayRef<ParsedType> DynamicExceptions,
3655                                   ArrayRef<SourceRange> DynamicExceptionRanges,
3656                                   Expr *NoexceptExpr,
3657                                   SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &Exceptions,
3658                                   FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI);
3659
3660  /// \brief Determine if a special member function should have a deleted
3661  /// definition when it is defaulted.
3662  bool ShouldDeleteSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM,
3663                                 bool Diagnose = false);
3664
3665  /// \brief Declare the implicit default constructor for the given class.
3666  ///
3667  /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
3668  /// default constructor will be added.
3669  ///
3670  /// \returns The implicitly-declared default constructor.
3671  CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor(
3672                                                     CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
3673
3674  /// DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor - Checks for feasibility of
3675  /// defining this constructor as the default constructor.
3676  void DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
3677                                        CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
3678
3679  /// \brief Declare the implicit destructor for the given class.
3680  ///
3681  /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
3682  /// destructor will be added.
3683  ///
3684  /// \returns The implicitly-declared destructor.
3685  CXXDestructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
3686
3687  /// DefineImplicitDestructor - Checks for feasibility of
3688  /// defining this destructor as the default destructor.
3689  void DefineImplicitDestructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
3690                                CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor);
3691
3692  /// \brief Build an exception spec for destructors that don't have one.
3693  ///
3694  /// C++11 says that user-defined destructors with no exception spec get one
3695  /// that looks as if the destructor was implicitly declared.
3696  void AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl,
3697                                     CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor);
3698
3699  /// \brief Declare all inheriting constructors for the given class.
3700  ///
3701  /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the inheriting
3702  /// constructors will be added.
3703  void DeclareInheritingConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
3704
3705  /// \brief Define the specified inheriting constructor.
3706  void DefineInheritingConstructor(SourceLocation UseLoc,
3707                                   CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
3708
3709  /// \brief Declare the implicit copy constructor for the given class.
3710  ///
3711  /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
3712  /// copy constructor will be added.
3713  ///
3714  /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy constructor.
3715  CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
3716
3717  /// DefineImplicitCopyConstructor - Checks for feasibility of
3718  /// defining this constructor as the copy constructor.
3719  void DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
3720                                     CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
3721
3722  /// \brief Declare the implicit move constructor for the given class.
3723  ///
3724  /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit
3725  /// move constructor will be added.
3726  ///
3727  /// \returns The implicitly-declared move constructor, or NULL if it wasn't
3728  /// declared.
3729  CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
3730
3731  /// DefineImplicitMoveConstructor - Checks for feasibility of
3732  /// defining this constructor as the move constructor.
3733  void DefineImplicitMoveConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
3734                                     CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
3735
3736  /// \brief Declare the implicit copy assignment operator for the given class.
3737  ///
3738  /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
3739  /// copy assignment operator will be added.
3740  ///
3741  /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy assignment operator.
3742  CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
3743
3744  /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared copy assignment operator.
3745  void DefineImplicitCopyAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
3746                                    CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl);
3747
3748  /// \brief Declare the implicit move assignment operator for the given class.
3749  ///
3750  /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit
3751  /// move assignment operator will be added.
3752  ///
3753  /// \returns The implicitly-declared move assignment operator, or NULL if it
3754  /// wasn't declared.
3755  CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
3756
3757  /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared move assignment operator.
3758  void DefineImplicitMoveAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
3759                                    CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl);
3760
3761  /// \brief Force the declaration of any implicitly-declared members of this
3762  /// class.
3763  void ForceDeclarationOfImplicitMembers(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
3764
3765  /// \brief Determine whether the given function is an implicitly-deleted
3766  /// special member function.
3767  bool isImplicitlyDeleted(FunctionDecl *FD);
3768
3769  /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the type of a static member
3770  /// function after the (naturally empty) cv-qualifier-seq would be.
3771  ///
3772  /// \returns true if an error occurred.
3773  bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(CXXMethodDecl *Method);
3774
3775  /// \brief Whether this' shows up in the exception specification of a static
3776  /// member function.
3777  bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *Method);
3778
3779  /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the attributes of the given
3780  /// static member function.
3781  ///
3782  /// \returns true if an error occurred.
3783  bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(CXXMethodDecl *Method);
3784
3785  /// MaybeBindToTemporary - If the passed in expression has a record type with
3786  /// a non-trivial destructor, this will return CXXBindTemporaryExpr. Otherwise
3787  /// it simply returns the passed in expression.
3788  ExprResult MaybeBindToTemporary(Expr *E);
3789
3790  bool CompleteConstructorCall(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor,
3791                               MultiExprArg ArgsPtr,
3792                               SourceLocation Loc,
3793                               SmallVectorImpl<Expr*> &ConvertedArgs,
3794                               bool AllowExplicit = false,
3795                               bool IsListInitialization = false);
3796
3797  ParsedType getInheritingConstructorName(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3798                                          SourceLocation NameLoc,
3799                                          IdentifierInfo &Name);
3800
3801  ParsedType getDestructorName(SourceLocation TildeLoc,
3802                               IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
3803                               Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3804                               ParsedType ObjectType,
3805                               bool EnteringContext);
3806
3807  ParsedType getDestructorType(const DeclSpec& DS, ParsedType ObjectType);
3808
3809  // Checks that reinterpret casts don't have undefined behavior.
3810  void CheckCompatibleReinterpretCast(QualType SrcType, QualType DestType,
3811                                      bool IsDereference, SourceRange Range);
3812
3813  /// ActOnCXXNamedCast - Parse {dynamic,static,reinterpret,const}_cast's.
3814  ExprResult ActOnCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc,
3815                               tok::TokenKind Kind,
3816                               SourceLocation LAngleBracketLoc,
3817                               Declarator &D,
3818                               SourceLocation RAngleBracketLoc,
3819                               SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3820                               Expr *E,
3821                               SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3822
3823  ExprResult BuildCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc,
3824                               tok::TokenKind Kind,
3825                               TypeSourceInfo *Ty,
3826                               Expr *E,
3827                               SourceRange AngleBrackets,
3828                               SourceRange Parens);
3829
3830  ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType,
3831                            SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
3832                            TypeSourceInfo *Operand,
3833                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3834  ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType,
3835                            SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
3836                            Expr *Operand,
3837                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3838
3839  /// ActOnCXXTypeid - Parse typeid( something ).
3840  ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeid(SourceLocation OpLoc,
3841                            SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType,
3842                            void *TyOrExpr,
3843                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3844
3845  ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType,
3846                            SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
3847                            TypeSourceInfo *Operand,
3848                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3849  ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType,
3850                            SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
3851                            Expr *Operand,
3852                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3853
3854  /// ActOnCXXUuidof - Parse __uuidof( something ).
3855  ExprResult ActOnCXXUuidof(SourceLocation OpLoc,
3856                            SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType,
3857                            void *TyOrExpr,
3858                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3859
3860
3861  //// ActOnCXXThis -  Parse 'this' pointer.
3862  ExprResult ActOnCXXThis(SourceLocation loc);
3863
3864  /// \brief Try to retrieve the type of the 'this' pointer.
3865  ///
3866  /// \returns The type of 'this', if possible. Otherwise, returns a NULL type.
3867  QualType getCurrentThisType();
3868
3869  /// \brief When non-NULL, the C++ 'this' expression is allowed despite the
3870  /// current context not being a non-static member function. In such cases,
3871  /// this provides the type used for 'this'.
3872  QualType CXXThisTypeOverride;
3873
3874  /// \brief RAII object used to temporarily allow the C++ 'this' expression
3875  /// to be used, with the given qualifiers on the current class type.
3876  class CXXThisScopeRAII {
3877    Sema &S;
3878    QualType OldCXXThisTypeOverride;
3879    bool Enabled;
3880
3881  public:
3882    /// \brief Introduce a new scope where 'this' may be allowed (when enabled),
3883    /// using the given declaration (which is either a class template or a
3884    /// class) along with the given qualifiers.
3885    /// along with the qualifiers placed on '*this'.
3886    CXXThisScopeRAII(Sema &S, Decl *ContextDecl, unsigned CXXThisTypeQuals,
3887                     bool Enabled = true);
3888
3889    ~CXXThisScopeRAII();
3890  };
3891
3892  /// \brief Make sure the value of 'this' is actually available in the current
3893  /// context, if it is a potentially evaluated context.
3894  ///
3895  /// \param Loc The location at which the capture of 'this' occurs.
3896  ///
3897  /// \param Explicit Whether 'this' is explicitly captured in a lambda
3898  /// capture list.
3899  void CheckCXXThisCapture(SourceLocation Loc, bool Explicit = false);
3900
3901  /// \brief Determine whether the given type is the type of *this that is used
3902  /// outside of the body of a member function for a type that is currently
3903  /// being defined.
3904  bool isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(QualType BaseType);
3905
3906  /// ActOnCXXBoolLiteral - Parse {true,false} literals.
3907  ExprResult ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind);
3908
3909
3910  /// ActOnObjCBoolLiteral - Parse {__objc_yes,__objc_no} literals.
3911  ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind);
3912
3913  /// ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral - Parse 'nullptr'.
3914  ExprResult ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral(SourceLocation Loc);
3915
3916  //// ActOnCXXThrow -  Parse throw expressions.
3917  ExprResult ActOnCXXThrow(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *expr);
3918  ExprResult BuildCXXThrow(SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex,
3919                           bool IsThrownVarInScope);
3920  ExprResult CheckCXXThrowOperand(SourceLocation ThrowLoc, Expr *E,
3921                                  bool IsThrownVarInScope);
3922
3923  /// ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr - Parse construction of a specified type.
3924  /// Can be interpreted either as function-style casting ("int(x)")
3925  /// or class type construction ("ClassType(x,y,z)")
3926  /// or creation of a value-initialized type ("int()").
3927  ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr(ParsedType TypeRep,
3928                                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3929                                       MultiExprArg Exprs,
3930                                       SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3931
3932  ExprResult BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TypeSourceInfo *Type,
3933                                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3934                                       MultiExprArg Exprs,
3935                                       SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3936
3937  /// ActOnCXXNew - Parsed a C++ 'new' expression.
3938  ExprResult ActOnCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal,
3939                         SourceLocation PlacementLParen,
3940                         MultiExprArg PlacementArgs,
3941                         SourceLocation PlacementRParen,
3942                         SourceRange TypeIdParens, Declarator &D,
3943                         Expr *Initializer);
3944  ExprResult BuildCXXNew(SourceRange Range, bool UseGlobal,
3945                         SourceLocation PlacementLParen,
3946                         MultiExprArg PlacementArgs,
3947                         SourceLocation PlacementRParen,
3948                         SourceRange TypeIdParens,
3949                         QualType AllocType,
3950                         TypeSourceInfo *AllocTypeInfo,
3951                         Expr *ArraySize,
3952                         SourceRange DirectInitRange,
3953                         Expr *Initializer,
3954                         bool TypeMayContainAuto = true);
3955
3956  bool CheckAllocatedType(QualType AllocType, SourceLocation Loc,
3957                          SourceRange R);
3958  bool FindAllocationFunctions(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range,
3959                               bool UseGlobal, QualType AllocType, bool IsArray,
3960                               Expr **PlaceArgs, unsigned NumPlaceArgs,
3961                               FunctionDecl *&OperatorNew,
3962                               FunctionDecl *&OperatorDelete);
3963  bool FindAllocationOverload(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range,
3964                              DeclarationName Name, Expr** Args,
3965                              unsigned NumArgs, DeclContext *Ctx,
3966                              bool AllowMissing, FunctionDecl *&Operator,
3967                              bool Diagnose = true);
3968  void DeclareGlobalNewDelete();
3969  void DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(DeclarationName Name, QualType Return,
3970                                       QualType Argument,
3971                                       bool addMallocAttr = false);
3972
3973  bool FindDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, CXXRecordDecl *RD,
3974                                DeclarationName Name, FunctionDecl* &Operator,
3975                                bool Diagnose = true);
3976
3977  /// ActOnCXXDelete - Parsed a C++ 'delete' expression
3978  ExprResult ActOnCXXDelete(SourceLocation StartLoc,
3979                            bool UseGlobal, bool ArrayForm,
3980                            Expr *Operand);
3981
3982  DeclResult ActOnCXXConditionDeclaration(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
3983  ExprResult CheckConditionVariable(VarDecl *ConditionVar,
3984                                    SourceLocation StmtLoc,
3985                                    bool ConvertToBoolean);
3986
3987  ExprResult ActOnNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, SourceLocation LParen,
3988                               Expr *Operand, SourceLocation RParen);
3989  ExprResult BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, Expr *Operand,
3990                                  SourceLocation RParen);
3991
3992  /// ActOnUnaryTypeTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support
3993  /// pseudo-functions.
3994  ExprResult ActOnUnaryTypeTrait(UnaryTypeTrait OTT,
3995                                 SourceLocation KWLoc,
3996                                 ParsedType Ty,
3997                                 SourceLocation RParen);
3998
3999  ExprResult BuildUnaryTypeTrait(UnaryTypeTrait OTT,
4000                                 SourceLocation KWLoc,
4001                                 TypeSourceInfo *T,
4002                                 SourceLocation RParen);
4003
4004  /// ActOnBinaryTypeTrait - Parsed one of the bianry type trait support
4005  /// pseudo-functions.
4006  ExprResult ActOnBinaryTypeTrait(BinaryTypeTrait OTT,
4007                                  SourceLocation KWLoc,
4008                                  ParsedType LhsTy,
4009                                  ParsedType RhsTy,
4010                                  SourceLocation RParen);
4011
4012  ExprResult BuildBinaryTypeTrait(BinaryTypeTrait BTT,
4013                                  SourceLocation KWLoc,
4014                                  TypeSourceInfo *LhsT,
4015                                  TypeSourceInfo *RhsT,
4016                                  SourceLocation RParen);
4017
4018  /// \brief Parsed one of the type trait support pseudo-functions.
4019  ExprResult ActOnTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc,
4020                            ArrayRef<ParsedType> Args,
4021                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4022  ExprResult BuildTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc,
4023                            ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args,
4024                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4025
4026  /// ActOnArrayTypeTrait - Parsed one of the bianry type trait support
4027  /// pseudo-functions.
4028  ExprResult ActOnArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT,
4029                                 SourceLocation KWLoc,
4030                                 ParsedType LhsTy,
4031                                 Expr *DimExpr,
4032                                 SourceLocation RParen);
4033
4034  ExprResult BuildArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT,
4035                                 SourceLocation KWLoc,
4036                                 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
4037                                 Expr *DimExpr,
4038                                 SourceLocation RParen);
4039
4040  /// ActOnExpressionTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support
4041  /// pseudo-functions.
4042  ExprResult ActOnExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET,
4043                                  SourceLocation KWLoc,
4044                                  Expr *Queried,
4045                                  SourceLocation RParen);
4046
4047  ExprResult BuildExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET,
4048                                  SourceLocation KWLoc,
4049                                  Expr *Queried,
4050                                  SourceLocation RParen);
4051
4052  ExprResult ActOnStartCXXMemberReference(Scope *S,
4053                                          Expr *Base,
4054                                          SourceLocation OpLoc,
4055                                          tok::TokenKind OpKind,
4056                                          ParsedType &ObjectType,
4057                                          bool &MayBePseudoDestructor);
4058
4059  ExprResult DiagnoseDtorReference(SourceLocation NameLoc, Expr *MemExpr);
4060
4061  ExprResult BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Expr *Base,
4062                                       SourceLocation OpLoc,
4063                                       tok::TokenKind OpKind,
4064                                       const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4065                                       TypeSourceInfo *ScopeType,
4066                                       SourceLocation CCLoc,
4067                                       SourceLocation TildeLoc,
4068                                     PseudoDestructorTypeStorage DestroyedType,
4069                                       bool HasTrailingLParen);
4070
4071  ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
4072                                       SourceLocation OpLoc,
4073                                       tok::TokenKind OpKind,
4074                                       CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4075                                       UnqualifiedId &FirstTypeName,
4076                                       SourceLocation CCLoc,
4077                                       SourceLocation TildeLoc,
4078                                       UnqualifiedId &SecondTypeName,
4079                                       bool HasTrailingLParen);
4080
4081  ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
4082                                       SourceLocation OpLoc,
4083                                       tok::TokenKind OpKind,
4084                                       SourceLocation TildeLoc,
4085                                       const DeclSpec& DS,
4086                                       bool HasTrailingLParen);
4087
4088  /// MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups - If the current full-expression
4089  /// requires any cleanups, surround it with a ExprWithCleanups node.
4090  /// Otherwise, just returns the passed-in expression.
4091  Expr *MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Expr *SubExpr);
4092  Stmt *MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(Stmt *SubStmt);
4093  ExprResult MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(ExprResult SubExpr);
4094
4095  ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr) {
4096    return ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr, Expr ? Expr->getExprLoc()
4097                                          : SourceLocation());
4098  }
4099  ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr, SourceLocation CC,
4100                                 bool DiscardedValue = false,
4101                                 bool IsConstexpr = false);
4102  StmtResult ActOnFinishFullStmt(Stmt *Stmt);
4103
4104  // Marks SS invalid if it represents an incomplete type.
4105  bool RequireCompleteDeclContext(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC);
4106
4107  DeclContext *computeDeclContext(QualType T);
4108  DeclContext *computeDeclContext(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4109                                  bool EnteringContext = false);
4110  bool isDependentScopeSpecifier(const CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4111  CXXRecordDecl *getCurrentInstantiationOf(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS);
4112  bool isUnknownSpecialization(const CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4113
4114  /// \brief The parser has parsed a global nested-name-specifier '::'.
4115  ///
4116  /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs.
4117  ///
4118  /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'.
4119  ///
4120  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which will be updated in-place
4121  /// to reflect the parsed nested-name-specifier.
4122  ///
4123  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
4124  bool ActOnCXXGlobalScopeSpecifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation CCLoc,
4125                                    CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4126
4127  bool isAcceptableNestedNameSpecifier(const NamedDecl *SD);
4128  NamedDecl *FindFirstQualifierInScope(Scope *S, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS);
4129
4130  bool isNonTypeNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4131                                    SourceLocation IdLoc,
4132                                    IdentifierInfo &II,
4133                                    ParsedType ObjectType);
4134
4135  bool BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S,
4136                                   IdentifierInfo &Identifier,
4137                                   SourceLocation IdentifierLoc,
4138                                   SourceLocation CCLoc,
4139                                   QualType ObjectType,
4140                                   bool EnteringContext,
4141                                   CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4142                                   NamedDecl *ScopeLookupResult,
4143                                   bool ErrorRecoveryLookup);
4144
4145  /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier 'identifier::'.
4146  ///
4147  /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs.
4148  ///
4149  /// \param Identifier The identifier preceding the '::'.
4150  ///
4151  /// \param IdentifierLoc The location of the identifier.
4152  ///
4153  /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'.
4154  ///
4155  /// \param ObjectType The type of the object, if we're parsing
4156  /// nested-name-specifier in a member access expression.
4157  ///
4158  /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context nominated by
4159  /// this nested-name-specifier.
4160  ///
4161  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input
4162  /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an
4163  /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier,
4164  /// including this new type).
4165  ///
4166  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
4167  bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S,
4168                                   IdentifierInfo &Identifier,
4169                                   SourceLocation IdentifierLoc,
4170                                   SourceLocation CCLoc,
4171                                   ParsedType ObjectType,
4172                                   bool EnteringContext,
4173                                   CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4174
4175  ExprResult ActOnDecltypeExpression(Expr *E);
4176
4177  bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifierDecltype(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4178                                           const DeclSpec &DS,
4179                                           SourceLocation ColonColonLoc);
4180
4181  bool IsInvalidUnlessNestedName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4182                                 IdentifierInfo &Identifier,
4183                                 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc,
4184                                 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
4185                                 ParsedType ObjectType,
4186                                 bool EnteringContext);
4187
4188  /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier
4189  /// 'template[opt] template-name < template-args >::'.
4190  ///
4191  /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs.
4192  ///
4193  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input
4194  /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an
4195  /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier,
4196  /// including this new type).
4197  ///
4198  /// \param TemplateKWLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any.
4199  /// \param TemplateName the template name.
4200  /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name.
4201  /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket  ('<').
4202  /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments.
4203  /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket  ('>').
4204  /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'.
4205  ///
4206  /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context of the
4207  /// nested-name-specifier.
4208  ///
4209  ///
4210  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
4211  bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S,
4212                                   CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4213                                   SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
4214                                   TemplateTy TemplateName,
4215                                   SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
4216                                   SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
4217                                   ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
4218                                   SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
4219                                   SourceLocation CCLoc,
4220                                   bool EnteringContext);
4221
4222  /// \brief Given a C++ nested-name-specifier, produce an annotation value
4223  /// that the parser can use later to reconstruct the given
4224  /// nested-name-specifier.
4225  ///
4226  /// \param SS A nested-name-specifier.
4227  ///
4228  /// \returns A pointer containing all of the information in the
4229  /// nested-name-specifier \p SS.
4230  void *SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4231
4232  /// \brief Given an annotation pointer for a nested-name-specifier, restore
4233  /// the nested-name-specifier structure.
4234  ///
4235  /// \param Annotation The annotation pointer, produced by
4236  /// \c SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation().
4237  ///
4238  /// \param AnnotationRange The source range corresponding to the annotation.
4239  ///
4240  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be updated with the contents
4241  /// of the annotation pointer.
4242  void RestoreNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(void *Annotation,
4243                                            SourceRange AnnotationRange,
4244                                            CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4245
4246  bool ShouldEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4247
4248  /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope - Called when a C++ scope specifier (global
4249  /// scope or nested-name-specifier) is parsed, part of a declarator-id.
4250  /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.3p3], names should be
4251  /// looked up in the declarator-id's scope, until the declarator is parsed and
4252  /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope is called.
4253  /// The 'SS' should be a non-empty valid CXXScopeSpec.
4254  bool ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4255
4256  /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope - Called when a declarator that previously
4257  /// invoked ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(), is finished. 'SS' is the same
4258  /// CXXScopeSpec that was passed to ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope as well.
4259  /// Used to indicate that names should revert to being looked up in the
4260  /// defining scope.
4261  void ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4262
4263  /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer - Invoked when we are about to parse an
4264  /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'.
4265  /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.1p13], if 'Dcl' is a
4266  /// static data member of class X, names should be looked up in the scope of
4267  /// class X.
4268  void ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl);
4269
4270  /// ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer - Invoked after we are finished parsing an
4271  /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'.
4272  void ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl);
4273
4274  /// \brief Create a new lambda closure type.
4275  CXXRecordDecl *createLambdaClosureType(SourceRange IntroducerRange,
4276                                         TypeSourceInfo *Info,
4277                                         bool KnownDependent);
4278
4279  /// \brief Start the definition of a lambda expression.
4280  CXXMethodDecl *startLambdaDefinition(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
4281                                       SourceRange IntroducerRange,
4282                                       TypeSourceInfo *MethodType,
4283                                       SourceLocation EndLoc,
4284                                       ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Params);
4285
4286  /// \brief Introduce the scope for a lambda expression.
4287  sema::LambdaScopeInfo *enterLambdaScope(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator,
4288                                          SourceRange IntroducerRange,
4289                                          LambdaCaptureDefault CaptureDefault,
4290                                          bool ExplicitParams,
4291                                          bool ExplicitResultType,
4292                                          bool Mutable);
4293
4294  /// \brief Note that we have finished the explicit captures for the
4295  /// given lambda.
4296  void finishLambdaExplicitCaptures(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI);
4297
4298  /// \brief Introduce the lambda parameters into scope.
4299  void addLambdaParameters(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, Scope *CurScope);
4300
4301  /// \brief Deduce a block or lambda's return type based on the return
4302  /// statements present in the body.
4303  void deduceClosureReturnType(sema::CapturingScopeInfo &CSI);
4304
4305  /// ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition - This is called just before we start
4306  /// parsing the body of a lambda; it analyzes the explicit captures and
4307  /// arguments, and sets up various data-structures for the body of the
4308  /// lambda.
4309  void ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition(LambdaIntroducer &Intro,
4310                                    Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope);
4311
4312  /// ActOnLambdaError - If there is an error parsing a lambda, this callback
4313  /// is invoked to pop the information about the lambda.
4314  void ActOnLambdaError(SourceLocation StartLoc, Scope *CurScope,
4315                        bool IsInstantiation = false);
4316
4317  /// ActOnLambdaExpr - This is called when the body of a lambda expression
4318  /// was successfully completed.
4319  ExprResult ActOnLambdaExpr(SourceLocation StartLoc, Stmt *Body,
4320                             Scope *CurScope,
4321                             bool IsInstantiation = false);
4322
4323  /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a
4324  /// function pointer.
4325  ///
4326  /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills
4327  /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into
4328  /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the
4329  /// block pointer conversion.
4330  void DefineImplicitLambdaToFunctionPointerConversion(
4331         SourceLocation CurrentLoc, CXXConversionDecl *Conv);
4332
4333  /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a
4334  /// block pointer.
4335  ///
4336  /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills
4337  /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into
4338  /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the
4339  /// block pointer conversion.
4340  void DefineImplicitLambdaToBlockPointerConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLoc,
4341                                                    CXXConversionDecl *Conv);
4342
4343  ExprResult BuildBlockForLambdaConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
4344                                           SourceLocation ConvLocation,
4345                                           CXXConversionDecl *Conv,
4346                                           Expr *Src);
4347
4348  // ParseObjCStringLiteral - Parse Objective-C string literals.
4349  ExprResult ParseObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation *AtLocs,
4350                                    Expr **Strings,
4351                                    unsigned NumStrings);
4352
4353  ExprResult BuildObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, StringLiteral *S);
4354
4355  /// BuildObjCNumericLiteral - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the
4356  /// numeric literal expression. Type of the expression will be "NSNumber *"
4357  /// or "id" if NSNumber is unavailable.
4358  ExprResult BuildObjCNumericLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Number);
4359  ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ValueLoc,
4360                                  bool Value);
4361  ExprResult BuildObjCArrayLiteral(SourceRange SR, MultiExprArg Elements);
4362
4363  /// BuildObjCBoxedExpr - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the
4364  /// '@' prefixed parenthesized expression. The type of the expression will
4365  /// either be "NSNumber *" or "NSString *" depending on the type of
4366  /// ValueType, which is allowed to be a built-in numeric type or
4367  /// "char *" or "const char *".
4368  ExprResult BuildObjCBoxedExpr(SourceRange SR, Expr *ValueExpr);
4369
4370  ExprResult BuildObjCSubscriptExpression(SourceLocation RB, Expr *BaseExpr,
4371                                          Expr *IndexExpr,
4372                                          ObjCMethodDecl *getterMethod,
4373                                          ObjCMethodDecl *setterMethod);
4374
4375  ExprResult BuildObjCDictionaryLiteral(SourceRange SR,
4376                                        ObjCDictionaryElement *Elements,
4377                                        unsigned NumElements);
4378
4379  ExprResult BuildObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc,
4380                                  TypeSourceInfo *EncodedTypeInfo,
4381                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4382  ExprResult BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Expr *Exp, NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
4383                                    CXXConversionDecl *Method,
4384                                    bool HadMultipleCandidates);
4385
4386  ExprResult ParseObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc,
4387                                       SourceLocation EncodeLoc,
4388                                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4389                                       ParsedType Ty,
4390                                       SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4391
4392  /// ParseObjCSelectorExpression - Build selector expression for \@selector
4393  ExprResult ParseObjCSelectorExpression(Selector Sel,
4394                                         SourceLocation AtLoc,
4395                                         SourceLocation SelLoc,
4396                                         SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4397                                         SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4398
4399  /// ParseObjCProtocolExpression - Build protocol expression for \@protocol
4400  ExprResult ParseObjCProtocolExpression(IdentifierInfo * ProtocolName,
4401                                         SourceLocation AtLoc,
4402                                         SourceLocation ProtoLoc,
4403                                         SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4404                                         SourceLocation ProtoIdLoc,
4405                                         SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4406
4407  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4408  // C++ Declarations
4409  //
4410  Decl *ActOnStartLinkageSpecification(Scope *S,
4411                                       SourceLocation ExternLoc,
4412                                       SourceLocation LangLoc,
4413                                       StringRef Lang,
4414                                       SourceLocation LBraceLoc);
4415  Decl *ActOnFinishLinkageSpecification(Scope *S,
4416                                        Decl *LinkageSpec,
4417                                        SourceLocation RBraceLoc);
4418
4419
4420  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4421  // C++ Classes
4422  //
4423  bool isCurrentClassName(const IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S,
4424                          const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0);
4425
4426  bool ActOnAccessSpecifier(AccessSpecifier Access,
4427                            SourceLocation ASLoc,
4428                            SourceLocation ColonLoc,
4429                            AttributeList *Attrs = 0);
4430
4431  NamedDecl *ActOnCXXMemberDeclarator(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
4432                                 Declarator &D,
4433                                 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
4434                                 Expr *BitfieldWidth, const VirtSpecifiers &VS,
4435                                 InClassInitStyle InitStyle);
4436  void ActOnCXXInClassMemberInitializer(Decl *VarDecl, SourceLocation EqualLoc,
4437                                        Expr *Init);
4438
4439  MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD,
4440                                    Scope *S,
4441                                    CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4442                                    IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase,
4443                                    ParsedType TemplateTypeTy,
4444                                    const DeclSpec &DS,
4445                                    SourceLocation IdLoc,
4446                                    SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4447                                    Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
4448                                    SourceLocation RParenLoc,
4449                                    SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
4450
4451  MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD,
4452                                    Scope *S,
4453                                    CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4454                                    IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase,
4455                                    ParsedType TemplateTypeTy,
4456                                    const DeclSpec &DS,
4457                                    SourceLocation IdLoc,
4458                                    Expr *InitList,
4459                                    SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
4460
4461  MemInitResult BuildMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD,
4462                                    Scope *S,
4463                                    CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4464                                    IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase,
4465                                    ParsedType TemplateTypeTy,
4466                                    const DeclSpec &DS,
4467                                    SourceLocation IdLoc,
4468                                    Expr *Init,
4469                                    SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
4470
4471  MemInitResult BuildMemberInitializer(ValueDecl *Member,
4472                                       Expr *Init,
4473                                       SourceLocation IdLoc);
4474
4475  MemInitResult BuildBaseInitializer(QualType BaseType,
4476                                     TypeSourceInfo *BaseTInfo,
4477                                     Expr *Init,
4478                                     CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl,
4479                                     SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
4480
4481  MemInitResult BuildDelegatingInitializer(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
4482                                           Expr *Init,
4483                                           CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
4484
4485  bool SetDelegatingInitializer(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor,
4486                                CXXCtorInitializer *Initializer);
4487
4488  bool SetCtorInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool AnyErrors,
4489                           ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer *> Initializers =
4490                               ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer *>());
4491
4492  void SetIvarInitializers(ObjCImplementationDecl *ObjCImplementation);
4493
4494
4495  /// MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced - Given a record decl,
4496  /// mark all the non-trivial destructors of its members and bases as
4497  /// referenced.
4498  void MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(SourceLocation Loc,
4499                                              CXXRecordDecl *Record);
4500
4501  /// \brief The list of classes whose vtables have been used within
4502  /// this translation unit, and the source locations at which the
4503  /// first use occurred.
4504  typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, SourceLocation> VTableUse;
4505
4506  /// \brief The list of vtables that are required but have not yet been
4507  /// materialized.
4508  SmallVector<VTableUse, 16> VTableUses;
4509
4510  /// \brief The set of classes whose vtables have been used within
4511  /// this translation unit, and a bit that will be true if the vtable is
4512  /// required to be emitted (otherwise, it should be emitted only if needed
4513  /// by code generation).
4514  llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, bool> VTablesUsed;
4515
4516  /// \brief Load any externally-stored vtable uses.
4517  void LoadExternalVTableUses();
4518
4519  typedef LazyVector<CXXRecordDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
4520                     &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDynamicClasses, 2, 2>
4521    DynamicClassesType;
4522
4523  /// \brief A list of all of the dynamic classes in this translation
4524  /// unit.
4525  DynamicClassesType DynamicClasses;
4526
4527  /// \brief Note that the vtable for the given class was used at the
4528  /// given location.
4529  void MarkVTableUsed(SourceLocation Loc, CXXRecordDecl *Class,
4530                      bool DefinitionRequired = false);
4531
4532  /// \brief Mark the exception specifications of all virtual member functions
4533  /// in the given class as needed.
4534  void MarkVirtualMemberExceptionSpecsNeeded(SourceLocation Loc,
4535                                             const CXXRecordDecl *RD);
4536
4537  /// MarkVirtualMembersReferenced - Will mark all members of the given
4538  /// CXXRecordDecl referenced.
4539  void MarkVirtualMembersReferenced(SourceLocation Loc,
4540                                    const CXXRecordDecl *RD);
4541
4542  /// \brief Define all of the vtables that have been used in this
4543  /// translation unit and reference any virtual members used by those
4544  /// vtables.
4545  ///
4546  /// \returns true if any work was done, false otherwise.
4547  bool DefineUsedVTables();
4548
4549  void AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
4550
4551  void ActOnMemInitializers(Decl *ConstructorDecl,
4552                            SourceLocation ColonLoc,
4553                            ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer*> MemInits,
4554                            bool AnyErrors);
4555
4556  void CheckCompletedCXXClass(CXXRecordDecl *Record);
4557  void ActOnFinishCXXMemberSpecification(Scope* S, SourceLocation RLoc,
4558                                         Decl *TagDecl,
4559                                         SourceLocation LBrac,
4560                                         SourceLocation RBrac,
4561                                         AttributeList *AttrList);
4562  void ActOnFinishCXXMemberDecls();
4563
4564  void ActOnReenterTemplateScope(Scope *S, Decl *Template);
4565  void ActOnReenterDeclaratorTemplateScope(Scope *S, DeclaratorDecl *D);
4566  void ActOnStartDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record);
4567  void ActOnStartDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method);
4568  void ActOnDelayedCXXMethodParameter(Scope *S, Decl *Param);
4569  void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record);
4570  void ActOnFinishDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method);
4571  void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberInitializers(Decl *Record);
4572  void MarkAsLateParsedTemplate(FunctionDecl *FD, bool Flag = true);
4573  bool IsInsideALocalClassWithinATemplateFunction();
4574
4575  Decl *ActOnStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc,
4576                                     Expr *AssertExpr,
4577                                     Expr *AssertMessageExpr,
4578                                     SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4579  Decl *BuildStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc,
4580                                     Expr *AssertExpr,
4581                                     StringLiteral *AssertMessageExpr,
4582                                     SourceLocation RParenLoc,
4583                                     bool Failed);
4584
4585  FriendDecl *CheckFriendTypeDecl(SourceLocation LocStart,
4586                                  SourceLocation FriendLoc,
4587                                  TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo);
4588  Decl *ActOnFriendTypeDecl(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
4589                            MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams);
4590  NamedDecl *ActOnFriendFunctionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
4591                                     MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams);
4592
4593  QualType CheckConstructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R,
4594                                      StorageClass& SC);
4595  void CheckConstructor(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
4596  QualType CheckDestructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R,
4597                                     StorageClass& SC);
4598  bool CheckDestructor(CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor);
4599  void CheckConversionDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType &R,
4600                                 StorageClass& SC);
4601  Decl *ActOnConversionDeclarator(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion);
4602
4603  void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
4604  void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedMemberExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD,
4605                                                   const FunctionProtoType *T);
4606  void CheckDelayedExplicitlyDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs();
4607
4608  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4609  // C++ Derived Classes
4610  //
4611
4612  /// ActOnBaseSpecifier - Parsed a base specifier
4613  CXXBaseSpecifier *CheckBaseSpecifier(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
4614                                       SourceRange SpecifierRange,
4615                                       bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access,
4616                                       TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
4617                                       SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
4618
4619  BaseResult ActOnBaseSpecifier(Decl *classdecl,
4620                                SourceRange SpecifierRange,
4621                                ParsedAttributes &Attrs,
4622                                bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access,
4623                                ParsedType basetype,
4624                                SourceLocation BaseLoc,
4625                                SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
4626
4627  bool AttachBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Class, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases,
4628                            unsigned NumBases);
4629  void ActOnBaseSpecifiers(Decl *ClassDecl, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases,
4630                           unsigned NumBases);
4631
4632  bool IsDerivedFrom(QualType Derived, QualType Base);
4633  bool IsDerivedFrom(QualType Derived, QualType Base, CXXBasePaths &Paths);
4634
4635  // FIXME: I don't like this name.
4636  void BuildBasePathArray(const CXXBasePaths &Paths, CXXCastPath &BasePath);
4637
4638  bool BasePathInvolvesVirtualBase(const CXXCastPath &BasePath);
4639
4640  bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base,
4641                                    SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
4642                                    CXXCastPath *BasePath = 0,
4643                                    bool IgnoreAccess = false);
4644  bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base,
4645                                    unsigned InaccessibleBaseID,
4646                                    unsigned AmbigiousBaseConvID,
4647                                    SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
4648                                    DeclarationName Name,
4649                                    CXXCastPath *BasePath);
4650
4651  std::string getAmbiguousPathsDisplayString(CXXBasePaths &Paths);
4652
4653  bool CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
4654                                         const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
4655
4656  /// CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType - Checks whether the return types are
4657  /// covariant, according to C++ [class.virtual]p5.
4658  bool CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
4659                                         const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
4660
4661  /// CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec - Checks whether the exception
4662  /// spec is a subset of base spec.
4663  bool CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
4664                                            const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
4665
4666  bool CheckPureMethod(CXXMethodDecl *Method, SourceRange InitRange);
4667
4668  /// CheckOverrideControl - Check C++11 override control semantics.
4669  void CheckOverrideControl(Decl *D);
4670
4671  /// CheckForFunctionMarkedFinal - Checks whether a virtual member function
4672  /// overrides a virtual member function marked 'final', according to
4673  /// C++11 [class.virtual]p4.
4674  bool CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
4675                                              const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
4676
4677
4678  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4679  // C++ Access Control
4680  //
4681
4682  enum AccessResult {
4683    AR_accessible,
4684    AR_inaccessible,
4685    AR_dependent,
4686    AR_delayed
4687  };
4688
4689  bool SetMemberAccessSpecifier(NamedDecl *MemberDecl,
4690                                NamedDecl *PrevMemberDecl,
4691                                AccessSpecifier LexicalAS);
4692
4693  AccessResult CheckUnresolvedMemberAccess(UnresolvedMemberExpr *E,
4694                                           DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
4695  AccessResult CheckUnresolvedLookupAccess(UnresolvedLookupExpr *E,
4696                                           DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
4697  AccessResult CheckAllocationAccess(SourceLocation OperatorLoc,
4698                                     SourceRange PlacementRange,
4699                                     CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass,
4700                                     DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
4701                                     bool Diagnose = true);
4702  AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
4703                                      CXXConstructorDecl *D,
4704                                      const InitializedEntity &Entity,
4705                                      AccessSpecifier Access,
4706                                      bool IsCopyBindingRefToTemp = false);
4707  AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
4708                                      CXXConstructorDecl *D,
4709                                      const InitializedEntity &Entity,
4710                                      AccessSpecifier Access,
4711                                      const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag);
4712  AccessResult CheckDestructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
4713                                     CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor,
4714                                     const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag,
4715                                     QualType objectType = QualType());
4716  AccessResult CheckFriendAccess(NamedDecl *D);
4717  AccessResult CheckMemberOperatorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
4718                                         Expr *ObjectExpr,
4719                                         Expr *ArgExpr,
4720                                         DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
4721  AccessResult CheckAddressOfMemberAccess(Expr *OvlExpr,
4722                                          DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
4723  AccessResult CheckBaseClassAccess(SourceLocation AccessLoc,
4724                                    QualType Base, QualType Derived,
4725                                    const CXXBasePath &Path,
4726                                    unsigned DiagID,
4727                                    bool ForceCheck = false,
4728                                    bool ForceUnprivileged = false);
4729  void CheckLookupAccess(const LookupResult &R);
4730  bool IsSimplyAccessible(NamedDecl *decl, DeclContext *Ctx);
4731  bool isSpecialMemberAccessibleForDeletion(CXXMethodDecl *decl,
4732                                            AccessSpecifier access,
4733                                            QualType objectType);
4734
4735  void HandleDependentAccessCheck(const DependentDiagnostic &DD,
4736                         const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
4737  void PerformDependentDiagnostics(const DeclContext *Pattern,
4738                        const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
4739
4740  void HandleDelayedAccessCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx);
4741
4742  /// \brief When true, access checking violations are treated as SFINAE
4743  /// failures rather than hard errors.
4744  bool AccessCheckingSFINAE;
4745
4746  enum AbstractDiagSelID {
4747    AbstractNone = -1,
4748    AbstractReturnType,
4749    AbstractParamType,
4750    AbstractVariableType,
4751    AbstractFieldType,
4752    AbstractIvarType,
4753    AbstractArrayType
4754  };
4755
4756  bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
4757                              TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
4758  template<typename T1>
4759  bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
4760                              unsigned DiagID,
4761                              const T1 &Arg1) {
4762    BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1);
4763    return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
4764  }
4765
4766  template<typename T1, typename T2>
4767  bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
4768                              unsigned DiagID,
4769                              const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) {
4770    BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2);
4771    return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
4772  }
4773
4774  template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>
4775  bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
4776                              unsigned DiagID,
4777                              const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) {
4778    BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, Arg3);
4779    return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
4780  }
4781
4782  void DiagnoseAbstractType(const CXXRecordDecl *RD);
4783
4784  bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID,
4785                              AbstractDiagSelID SelID = AbstractNone);
4786
4787  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4788  // C++ Overloaded Operators [C++ 13.5]
4789  //
4790
4791  bool CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl);
4792
4793  bool CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl);
4794
4795  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4796  // C++ Templates [C++ 14]
4797  //
4798  void FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R,
4799                                     bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true);
4800  bool hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R,
4801                                     bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true);
4802
4803  void LookupTemplateName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4804                          QualType ObjectType, bool EnteringContext,
4805                          bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization);
4806
4807  TemplateNameKind isTemplateName(Scope *S,
4808                                  CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4809                                  bool hasTemplateKeyword,
4810                                  UnqualifiedId &Name,
4811                                  ParsedType ObjectType,
4812                                  bool EnteringContext,
4813                                  TemplateTy &Template,
4814                                  bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization);
4815
4816  bool DiagnoseUnknownTemplateName(const IdentifierInfo &II,
4817                                   SourceLocation IILoc,
4818                                   Scope *S,
4819                                   const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
4820                                   TemplateTy &SuggestedTemplate,
4821                                   TemplateNameKind &SuggestedKind);
4822
4823  void DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *PrevDecl);
4824  TemplateDecl *AdjustDeclIfTemplate(Decl *&Decl);
4825
4826  Decl *ActOnTypeParameter(Scope *S, bool Typename, bool Ellipsis,
4827                           SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
4828                           SourceLocation KeyLoc,
4829                           IdentifierInfo *ParamName,
4830                           SourceLocation ParamNameLoc,
4831                           unsigned Depth, unsigned Position,
4832                           SourceLocation EqualLoc,
4833                           ParsedType DefaultArg);
4834
4835  QualType CheckNonTypeTemplateParameterType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc);
4836  Decl *ActOnNonTypeTemplateParameter(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
4837                                      unsigned Depth,
4838                                      unsigned Position,
4839                                      SourceLocation EqualLoc,
4840                                      Expr *DefaultArg);
4841  Decl *ActOnTemplateTemplateParameter(Scope *S,
4842                                       SourceLocation TmpLoc,
4843                                       TemplateParameterList *Params,
4844                                       SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
4845                                       IdentifierInfo *ParamName,
4846                                       SourceLocation ParamNameLoc,
4847                                       unsigned Depth,
4848                                       unsigned Position,
4849                                       SourceLocation EqualLoc,
4850                                       ParsedTemplateArgument DefaultArg);
4851
4852  TemplateParameterList *
4853  ActOnTemplateParameterList(unsigned Depth,
4854                             SourceLocation ExportLoc,
4855                             SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
4856                             SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
4857                             Decl **Params, unsigned NumParams,
4858                             SourceLocation RAngleLoc);
4859
4860  /// \brief The context in which we are checking a template parameter
4861  /// list.
4862  enum TemplateParamListContext {
4863    TPC_ClassTemplate,
4864    TPC_FunctionTemplate,
4865    TPC_ClassTemplateMember,
4866    TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate,
4867    TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition,
4868    TPC_TypeAliasTemplate
4869  };
4870
4871  bool CheckTemplateParameterList(TemplateParameterList *NewParams,
4872                                  TemplateParameterList *OldParams,
4873                                  TemplateParamListContext TPC);
4874  TemplateParameterList *
4875  MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(SourceLocation DeclStartLoc,
4876                                          SourceLocation DeclLoc,
4877                                          const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4878                                          TemplateParameterList **ParamLists,
4879                                          unsigned NumParamLists,
4880                                          bool IsFriend,
4881                                          bool &IsExplicitSpecialization,
4882                                          bool &Invalid);
4883
4884  DeclResult CheckClassTemplate(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
4885                                SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4886                                IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
4887                                AttributeList *Attr,
4888                                TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams,
4889                                AccessSpecifier AS,
4890                                SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
4891                                unsigned NumOuterTemplateParamLists,
4892                            TemplateParameterList **OuterTemplateParamLists);
4893
4894  void translateTemplateArguments(const ASTTemplateArgsPtr &In,
4895                                  TemplateArgumentListInfo &Out);
4896
4897  void NoteAllFoundTemplates(TemplateName Name);
4898
4899  QualType CheckTemplateIdType(TemplateName Template,
4900                               SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
4901                              TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs);
4902
4903  TypeResult
4904  ActOnTemplateIdType(CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
4905                      TemplateTy Template, SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
4906                      SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
4907                      ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
4908                      SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
4909                      bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false);
4910
4911  /// \brief Parsed an elaborated-type-specifier that refers to a template-id,
4912  /// such as \c class T::template apply<U>.
4913  TypeResult ActOnTagTemplateIdType(TagUseKind TUK,
4914                                    TypeSpecifierType TagSpec,
4915                                    SourceLocation TagLoc,
4916                                    CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4917                                    SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
4918                                    TemplateTy TemplateD,
4919                                    SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
4920                                    SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
4921                                    ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsIn,
4922                                    SourceLocation RAngleLoc);
4923
4924
4925  ExprResult BuildTemplateIdExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4926                                 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
4927                                 LookupResult &R,
4928                                 bool RequiresADL,
4929                               const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
4930
4931  ExprResult BuildQualifiedTemplateIdExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4932                                          SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
4933                               const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
4934                               const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
4935
4936  TemplateNameKind ActOnDependentTemplateName(Scope *S,
4937                                              CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4938                                              SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
4939                                              UnqualifiedId &Name,
4940                                              ParsedType ObjectType,
4941                                              bool EnteringContext,
4942                                              TemplateTy &Template);
4943
4944  DeclResult
4945  ActOnClassTemplateSpecialization(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
4946                                   SourceLocation KWLoc,
4947                                   SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
4948                                   CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4949                                   TemplateTy Template,
4950                                   SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
4951                                   SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
4952                                   ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
4953                                   SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
4954                                   AttributeList *Attr,
4955                                 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists);
4956
4957  Decl *ActOnTemplateDeclarator(Scope *S,
4958                                MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
4959                                Declarator &D);
4960
4961  Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionTemplateDef(Scope *FnBodyScope,
4962                                  MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
4963                                        Declarator &D);
4964
4965  bool
4966  CheckSpecializationInstantiationRedecl(SourceLocation NewLoc,
4967                                         TemplateSpecializationKind NewTSK,
4968                                         NamedDecl *PrevDecl,
4969                                         TemplateSpecializationKind PrevTSK,
4970                                         SourceLocation PrevPtOfInstantiation,
4971                                         bool &SuppressNew);
4972
4973  bool CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD,
4974                    const TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs,
4975                                                    LookupResult &Previous);
4976
4977  bool CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD,
4978                         TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
4979                                           LookupResult &Previous);
4980  bool CheckMemberSpecialization(NamedDecl *Member, LookupResult &Previous);
4981
4982  DeclResult
4983  ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S,
4984                             SourceLocation ExternLoc,
4985                             SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
4986                             unsigned TagSpec,
4987                             SourceLocation KWLoc,
4988                             const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4989                             TemplateTy Template,
4990                             SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
4991                             SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
4992                             ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
4993                             SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
4994                             AttributeList *Attr);
4995
4996  DeclResult
4997  ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S,
4998                             SourceLocation ExternLoc,
4999                             SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5000                             unsigned TagSpec,
5001                             SourceLocation KWLoc,
5002                             CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5003                             IdentifierInfo *Name,
5004                             SourceLocation NameLoc,
5005                             AttributeList *Attr);
5006
5007  DeclResult ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S,
5008                                        SourceLocation ExternLoc,
5009                                        SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5010                                        Declarator &D);
5011
5012  TemplateArgumentLoc
5013  SubstDefaultTemplateArgumentIfAvailable(TemplateDecl *Template,
5014                                          SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5015                                          SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
5016                                          Decl *Param,
5017                          SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted);
5018
5019  /// \brief Specifies the context in which a particular template
5020  /// argument is being checked.
5021  enum CheckTemplateArgumentKind {
5022    /// \brief The template argument was specified in the code or was
5023    /// instantiated with some deduced template arguments.
5024    CTAK_Specified,
5025
5026    /// \brief The template argument was deduced via template argument
5027    /// deduction.
5028    CTAK_Deduced,
5029
5030    /// \brief The template argument was deduced from an array bound
5031    /// via template argument deduction.
5032    CTAK_DeducedFromArrayBound
5033  };
5034
5035  bool CheckTemplateArgument(NamedDecl *Param,
5036                             const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg,
5037                             NamedDecl *Template,
5038                             SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5039                             SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
5040                             unsigned ArgumentPackIndex,
5041                           SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted,
5042                             CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified);
5043
5044  /// \brief Check that the given template arguments can be be provided to
5045  /// the given template, converting the arguments along the way.
5046  ///
5047  /// \param Template The template to which the template arguments are being
5048  /// provided.
5049  ///
5050  /// \param TemplateLoc The location of the template name in the source.
5051  ///
5052  /// \param TemplateArgs The list of template arguments. If the template is
5053  /// a template template parameter, this function may extend the set of
5054  /// template arguments to also include substituted, defaulted template
5055  /// arguments.
5056  ///
5057  /// \param PartialTemplateArgs True if the list of template arguments is
5058  /// intentionally partial, e.g., because we're checking just the initial
5059  /// set of template arguments.
5060  ///
5061  /// \param Converted Will receive the converted, canonicalized template
5062  /// arguments.
5063  ///
5064  ///
5065  /// \param ExpansionIntoFixedList If non-NULL, will be set true to indicate
5066  /// when the template arguments contain a pack expansion that is being
5067  /// expanded into a fixed parameter list.
5068  ///
5069  /// \returns True if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5070  bool CheckTemplateArgumentList(TemplateDecl *Template,
5071                                 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5072                                 TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs,
5073                                 bool PartialTemplateArgs,
5074                           SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted,
5075                                 bool *ExpansionIntoFixedList = 0);
5076
5077  bool CheckTemplateTypeArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param,
5078                                 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg,
5079                           SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted);
5080
5081  bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param,
5082                             TypeSourceInfo *Arg);
5083  ExprResult CheckTemplateArgument(NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param,
5084                                   QualType InstantiatedParamType, Expr *Arg,
5085                                   TemplateArgument &Converted,
5086                               CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified);
5087  bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param,
5088                             const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg,
5089                             unsigned ArgumentPackIndex);
5090
5091  ExprResult
5092  BuildExpressionFromDeclTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg,
5093                                          QualType ParamType,
5094                                          SourceLocation Loc);
5095  ExprResult
5096  BuildExpressionFromIntegralTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg,
5097                                              SourceLocation Loc);
5098
5099  /// \brief Enumeration describing how template parameter lists are compared
5100  /// for equality.
5101  enum TemplateParameterListEqualKind {
5102    /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two templates
5103    /// that might be redeclarations.
5104    ///
5105    /// \code
5106    /// template<typename T> struct X;
5107    /// template<typename T> struct X;
5108    /// \endcode
5109    TPL_TemplateMatch,
5110
5111    /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two template
5112    /// template parameters as part of matching the template parameter lists
5113    /// of two templates that might be redeclarations.
5114    ///
5115    /// \code
5116    /// template<template<int I> class TT> struct X;
5117    /// template<template<int Value> class Other> struct X;
5118    /// \endcode
5119    TPL_TemplateTemplateParmMatch,
5120
5121    /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of a template
5122    /// template argument against the template parameter lists of a template
5123    /// template parameter.
5124    ///
5125    /// \code
5126    /// template<template<int Value> class Metafun> struct X;
5127    /// template<int Value> struct integer_c;
5128    /// X<integer_c> xic;
5129    /// \endcode
5130    TPL_TemplateTemplateArgumentMatch
5131  };
5132
5133  bool TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(TemplateParameterList *New,
5134                                      TemplateParameterList *Old,
5135                                      bool Complain,
5136                                      TemplateParameterListEqualKind Kind,
5137                                      SourceLocation TemplateArgLoc
5138                                        = SourceLocation());
5139
5140  bool CheckTemplateDeclScope(Scope *S, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams);
5141
5142  /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename
5143  /// specifier, e.g., "typename T::type".
5144  ///
5145  /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs.
5146  /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword
5147  /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::').
5148  /// \param II the identifier we're retrieving (e.g., 'type' in the example).
5149  /// \param IdLoc the location of the identifier.
5150  TypeResult
5151  ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc,
5152                    const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const IdentifierInfo &II,
5153                    SourceLocation IdLoc);
5154
5155  /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename
5156  /// specifier that ends in a template-id, e.g.,
5157  /// "typename MetaFun::template apply<T1, T2>".
5158  ///
5159  /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs.
5160  /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword
5161  /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::').
5162  /// \param TemplateLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any.
5163  /// \param TemplateName The template name.
5164  /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name.
5165  /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket  ('<').
5166  /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments.
5167  /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket  ('>').
5168  TypeResult
5169  ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc,
5170                    const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5171                    SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5172                    TemplateTy TemplateName,
5173                    SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
5174                    SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
5175                    ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
5176                    SourceLocation RAngleLoc);
5177
5178  QualType CheckTypenameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
5179                             SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
5180                             NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc,
5181                             const IdentifierInfo &II,
5182                             SourceLocation IILoc);
5183
5184  TypeSourceInfo *RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TypeSourceInfo *T,
5185                                                    SourceLocation Loc,
5186                                                    DeclarationName Name);
5187  bool RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(CXXScopeSpec &SS);
5188
5189  ExprResult RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(Expr *E);
5190  bool RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(
5191                                                TemplateParameterList *Params);
5192
5193  std::string
5194  getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params,
5195                                  const TemplateArgumentList &Args);
5196
5197  std::string
5198  getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params,
5199                                  const TemplateArgument *Args,
5200                                  unsigned NumArgs);
5201
5202  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5203  // C++ Variadic Templates (C++0x [temp.variadic])
5204  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5205
5206  /// \brief The context in which an unexpanded parameter pack is
5207  /// being diagnosed.
5208  ///
5209  /// Note that the values of this enumeration line up with the first
5210  /// argument to the \c err_unexpanded_parameter_pack diagnostic.
5211  enum UnexpandedParameterPackContext {
5212    /// \brief An arbitrary expression.
5213    UPPC_Expression = 0,
5214
5215    /// \brief The base type of a class type.
5216    UPPC_BaseType,
5217
5218    /// \brief The type of an arbitrary declaration.
5219    UPPC_DeclarationType,
5220
5221    /// \brief The type of a data member.
5222    UPPC_DataMemberType,
5223
5224    /// \brief The size of a bit-field.
5225    UPPC_BitFieldWidth,
5226
5227    /// \brief The expression in a static assertion.
5228    UPPC_StaticAssertExpression,
5229
5230    /// \brief The fixed underlying type of an enumeration.
5231    UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType,
5232
5233    /// \brief The enumerator value.
5234    UPPC_EnumeratorValue,
5235
5236    /// \brief A using declaration.
5237    UPPC_UsingDeclaration,
5238
5239    /// \brief A friend declaration.
5240    UPPC_FriendDeclaration,
5241
5242    /// \brief A declaration qualifier.
5243    UPPC_DeclarationQualifier,
5244
5245    /// \brief An initializer.
5246    UPPC_Initializer,
5247
5248    /// \brief A default argument.
5249    UPPC_DefaultArgument,
5250
5251    /// \brief The type of a non-type template parameter.
5252    UPPC_NonTypeTemplateParameterType,
5253
5254    /// \brief The type of an exception.
5255    UPPC_ExceptionType,
5256
5257    /// \brief Partial specialization.
5258    UPPC_PartialSpecialization,
5259
5260    /// \brief Microsoft __if_exists.
5261    UPPC_IfExists,
5262
5263    /// \brief Microsoft __if_not_exists.
5264    UPPC_IfNotExists,
5265
5266    /// \brief Lambda expression.
5267    UPPC_Lambda,
5268
5269    /// \brief Block expression,
5270    UPPC_Block
5271};
5272
5273  /// \brief Diagnose unexpanded parameter packs.
5274  ///
5275  /// \param Loc The location at which we should emit the diagnostic.
5276  ///
5277  /// \param UPPC The context in which we are diagnosing unexpanded
5278  /// parameter packs.
5279  ///
5280  /// \param Unexpanded the set of unexpanded parameter packs.
5281  ///
5282  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5283  bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPacks(SourceLocation Loc,
5284                                        UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC,
5285                                  ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded);
5286
5287  /// \brief If the given type contains an unexpanded parameter pack,
5288  /// diagnose the error.
5289  ///
5290  /// \param Loc The source location where a diagnostc should be emitted.
5291  ///
5292  /// \param T The type that is being checked for unexpanded parameter
5293  /// packs.
5294  ///
5295  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5296  bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, TypeSourceInfo *T,
5297                                       UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
5298
5299  /// \brief If the given expression contains an unexpanded parameter
5300  /// pack, diagnose the error.
5301  ///
5302  /// \param E The expression that is being checked for unexpanded
5303  /// parameter packs.
5304  ///
5305  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5306  bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Expr *E,
5307                       UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC = UPPC_Expression);
5308
5309  /// \brief If the given nested-name-specifier contains an unexpanded
5310  /// parameter pack, diagnose the error.
5311  ///
5312  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that is being checked for
5313  /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5314  ///
5315  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5316  bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5317                                       UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
5318
5319  /// \brief If the given name contains an unexpanded parameter pack,
5320  /// diagnose the error.
5321  ///
5322  /// \param NameInfo The name (with source location information) that
5323  /// is being checked for unexpanded parameter packs.
5324  ///
5325  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5326  bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
5327                                       UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
5328
5329  /// \brief If the given template name contains an unexpanded parameter pack,
5330  /// diagnose the error.
5331  ///
5332  /// \param Loc The location of the template name.
5333  ///
5334  /// \param Template The template name that is being checked for unexpanded
5335  /// parameter packs.
5336  ///
5337  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5338  bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc,
5339                                       TemplateName Template,
5340                                       UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
5341
5342  /// \brief If the given template argument contains an unexpanded parameter
5343  /// pack, diagnose the error.
5344  ///
5345  /// \param Arg The template argument that is being checked for unexpanded
5346  /// parameter packs.
5347  ///
5348  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5349  bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg,
5350                                       UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
5351
5352  /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
5353  /// template argument.
5354  ///
5355  /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find
5356  /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5357  void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgument Arg,
5358                   SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
5359
5360  /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
5361  /// template argument.
5362  ///
5363  /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find
5364  /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5365  void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg,
5366                    SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
5367
5368  /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
5369  /// type.
5370  ///
5371  /// \param T The type that will be traversed to find
5372  /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5373  void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(QualType T,
5374                   SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
5375
5376  /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
5377  /// type.
5378  ///
5379  /// \param TL The type that will be traversed to find
5380  /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5381  void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TypeLoc TL,
5382                   SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
5383
5384  /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
5385  /// nested-name-specifier.
5386  ///
5387  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be traversed to find
5388  /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5389  void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5390                         SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
5391
5392  /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
5393  /// name.
5394  ///
5395  /// \param NameInfo The name that will be traversed to find
5396  /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5397  void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
5398                         SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
5399
5400  /// \brief Invoked when parsing a template argument followed by an
5401  /// ellipsis, which creates a pack expansion.
5402  ///
5403  /// \param Arg The template argument preceding the ellipsis, which
5404  /// may already be invalid.
5405  ///
5406  /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
5407  ParsedTemplateArgument ActOnPackExpansion(const ParsedTemplateArgument &Arg,
5408                                            SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
5409
5410  /// \brief Invoked when parsing a type followed by an ellipsis, which
5411  /// creates a pack expansion.
5412  ///
5413  /// \param Type The type preceding the ellipsis, which will become
5414  /// the pattern of the pack expansion.
5415  ///
5416  /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
5417  TypeResult ActOnPackExpansion(ParsedType Type, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
5418
5419  /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack
5420  /// expansion.
5421  TypeSourceInfo *CheckPackExpansion(TypeSourceInfo *Pattern,
5422                                     SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
5423                                     Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions);
5424
5425  /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack
5426  /// expansion.
5427  QualType CheckPackExpansion(QualType Pattern,
5428                              SourceRange PatternRange,
5429                              SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
5430                              Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions);
5431
5432  /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which
5433  /// creates a pack expansion.
5434  ///
5435  /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become
5436  /// the pattern of the pack expansion.
5437  ///
5438  /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
5439  ExprResult ActOnPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
5440
5441  /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which
5442  /// creates a pack expansion.
5443  ///
5444  /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become
5445  /// the pattern of the pack expansion.
5446  ///
5447  /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
5448  ExprResult CheckPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
5449                                Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions);
5450
5451  /// \brief Determine whether we could expand a pack expansion with the
5452  /// given set of parameter packs into separate arguments by repeatedly
5453  /// transforming the pattern.
5454  ///
5455  /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis that identifies the
5456  /// pack expansion.
5457  ///
5458  /// \param PatternRange The source range that covers the entire pattern of
5459  /// the pack expansion.
5460  ///
5461  /// \param Unexpanded The set of unexpanded parameter packs within the
5462  /// pattern.
5463  ///
5464  /// \param ShouldExpand Will be set to \c true if the transformer should
5465  /// expand the corresponding pack expansions into separate arguments. When
5466  /// set, \c NumExpansions must also be set.
5467  ///
5468  /// \param RetainExpansion Whether the caller should add an unexpanded
5469  /// pack expansion after all of the expanded arguments. This is used
5470  /// when extending explicitly-specified template argument packs per
5471  /// C++0x [temp.arg.explicit]p9.
5472  ///
5473  /// \param NumExpansions The number of separate arguments that will be in
5474  /// the expanded form of the corresponding pack expansion. This is both an
5475  /// input and an output parameter, which can be set by the caller if the
5476  /// number of expansions is known a priori (e.g., due to a prior substitution)
5477  /// and will be set by the callee when the number of expansions is known.
5478  /// The callee must set this value when \c ShouldExpand is \c true; it may
5479  /// set this value in other cases.
5480  ///
5481  /// \returns true if an error occurred (e.g., because the parameter packs
5482  /// are to be instantiated with arguments of different lengths), false
5483  /// otherwise. If false, \c ShouldExpand (and possibly \c NumExpansions)
5484  /// must be set.
5485  bool CheckParameterPacksForExpansion(SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
5486                                       SourceRange PatternRange,
5487                             ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded,
5488                             const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
5489                                       bool &ShouldExpand,
5490                                       bool &RetainExpansion,
5491                                       Optional<unsigned> &NumExpansions);
5492
5493  /// \brief Determine the number of arguments in the given pack expansion
5494  /// type.
5495  ///
5496  /// This routine assumes that the number of arguments in the expansion is
5497  /// consistent across all of the unexpanded parameter packs in its pattern.
5498  ///
5499  /// Returns an empty Optional if the type can't be expanded.
5500  Optional<unsigned> getNumArgumentsInExpansion(QualType T,
5501      const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
5502
5503  /// \brief Determine whether the given declarator contains any unexpanded
5504  /// parameter packs.
5505  ///
5506  /// This routine is used by the parser to disambiguate function declarators
5507  /// with an ellipsis prior to the ')', e.g.,
5508  ///
5509  /// \code
5510  ///   void f(T...);
5511  /// \endcode
5512  ///
5513  /// To determine whether we have an (unnamed) function parameter pack or
5514  /// a variadic function.
5515  ///
5516  /// \returns true if the declarator contains any unexpanded parameter packs,
5517  /// false otherwise.
5518  bool containsUnexpandedParameterPacks(Declarator &D);
5519
5520  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5521  // C++ Template Argument Deduction (C++ [temp.deduct])
5522  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5523
5524  /// \brief Describes the result of template argument deduction.
5525  ///
5526  /// The TemplateDeductionResult enumeration describes the result of
5527  /// template argument deduction, as returned from
5528  /// DeduceTemplateArguments(). The separate TemplateDeductionInfo
5529  /// structure provides additional information about the results of
5530  /// template argument deduction, e.g., the deduced template argument
5531  /// list (if successful) or the specific template parameters or
5532  /// deduced arguments that were involved in the failure.
5533  enum TemplateDeductionResult {
5534    /// \brief Template argument deduction was successful.
5535    TDK_Success = 0,
5536    /// \brief The declaration was invalid; do nothing.
5537    TDK_Invalid,
5538    /// \brief Template argument deduction exceeded the maximum template
5539    /// instantiation depth (which has already been diagnosed).
5540    TDK_InstantiationDepth,
5541    /// \brief Template argument deduction did not deduce a value
5542    /// for every template parameter.
5543    TDK_Incomplete,
5544    /// \brief Template argument deduction produced inconsistent
5545    /// deduced values for the given template parameter.
5546    TDK_Inconsistent,
5547    /// \brief Template argument deduction failed due to inconsistent
5548    /// cv-qualifiers on a template parameter type that would
5549    /// otherwise be deduced, e.g., we tried to deduce T in "const T"
5550    /// but were given a non-const "X".
5551    TDK_Underqualified,
5552    /// \brief Substitution of the deduced template argument values
5553    /// resulted in an error.
5554    TDK_SubstitutionFailure,
5555    /// \brief A non-depnedent component of the parameter did not match the
5556    /// corresponding component of the argument.
5557    TDK_NonDeducedMismatch,
5558    /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function
5559    /// template, there were too many call arguments.
5560    TDK_TooManyArguments,
5561    /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function
5562    /// template, there were too few call arguments.
5563    TDK_TooFewArguments,
5564    /// \brief The explicitly-specified template arguments were not valid
5565    /// template arguments for the given template.
5566    TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments,
5567    /// \brief The arguments included an overloaded function name that could
5568    /// not be resolved to a suitable function.
5569    TDK_FailedOverloadResolution,
5570    /// \brief Deduction failed; that's all we know.
5571    TDK_MiscellaneousDeductionFailure
5572  };
5573
5574  TemplateDeductionResult
5575  DeduceTemplateArguments(ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial,
5576                          const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
5577                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
5578
5579  TemplateDeductionResult
5580  SubstituteExplicitTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5581                              TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs,
5582                      SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced,
5583                                 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes,
5584                                      QualType *FunctionType,
5585                                      sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
5586
5587  /// brief A function argument from which we performed template argument
5588  // deduction for a call.
5589  struct OriginalCallArg {
5590    OriginalCallArg(QualType OriginalParamType,
5591                    unsigned ArgIdx,
5592                    QualType OriginalArgType)
5593      : OriginalParamType(OriginalParamType), ArgIdx(ArgIdx),
5594        OriginalArgType(OriginalArgType) { }
5595
5596    QualType OriginalParamType;
5597    unsigned ArgIdx;
5598    QualType OriginalArgType;
5599  };
5600
5601  TemplateDeductionResult
5602  FinishTemplateArgumentDeduction(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5603                      SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced,
5604                                  unsigned NumExplicitlySpecified,
5605                                  FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
5606                                  sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info,
5607           SmallVectorImpl<OriginalCallArg> const *OriginalCallArgs = 0);
5608
5609  TemplateDeductionResult
5610  DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5611                          TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
5612                          ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
5613                          FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
5614                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
5615
5616  TemplateDeductionResult
5617  DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5618                          TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
5619                          QualType ArgFunctionType,
5620                          FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
5621                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info,
5622                          bool InOverloadResolution = false);
5623
5624  TemplateDeductionResult
5625  DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5626                          QualType ToType,
5627                          CXXConversionDecl *&Specialization,
5628                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
5629
5630  TemplateDeductionResult
5631  DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5632                          TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
5633                          FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
5634                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info,
5635                          bool InOverloadResolution = false);
5636
5637  /// \brief Result type of DeduceAutoType.
5638  enum DeduceAutoResult {
5639    DAR_Succeeded,
5640    DAR_Failed,
5641    DAR_FailedAlreadyDiagnosed
5642  };
5643
5644  DeduceAutoResult DeduceAutoType(TypeSourceInfo *AutoType, Expr *&Initializer,
5645                                  TypeSourceInfo *&Result);
5646  void DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VarDecl *VDecl, Expr *Init);
5647
5648  FunctionTemplateDecl *getMoreSpecializedTemplate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FT1,
5649                                                   FunctionTemplateDecl *FT2,
5650                                                   SourceLocation Loc,
5651                                           TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC,
5652                                                   unsigned NumCallArguments);
5653  UnresolvedSetIterator getMostSpecialized(UnresolvedSetIterator SBegin,
5654                                           UnresolvedSetIterator SEnd,
5655                                           TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC,
5656                                           unsigned NumCallArguments,
5657                                           SourceLocation Loc,
5658                                           const PartialDiagnostic &NoneDiag,
5659                                           const PartialDiagnostic &AmbigDiag,
5660                                        const PartialDiagnostic &CandidateDiag,
5661                                        bool Complain = true,
5662                                        QualType TargetType = QualType());
5663
5664  ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *
5665  getMoreSpecializedPartialSpecialization(
5666                                  ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS1,
5667                                  ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS2,
5668                                  SourceLocation Loc);
5669
5670  void MarkUsedTemplateParameters(const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
5671                                  bool OnlyDeduced,
5672                                  unsigned Depth,
5673                                  llvm::SmallBitVector &Used);
5674  void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(
5675                                  const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5676                                  llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced) {
5677    return MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(Context, FunctionTemplate, Deduced);
5678  }
5679  static void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(ASTContext &Ctx,
5680                                  const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5681                                  llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced);
5682
5683  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5684  // C++ Template Instantiation
5685  //
5686
5687  MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList getTemplateInstantiationArgs(NamedDecl *D,
5688                                     const TemplateArgumentList *Innermost = 0,
5689                                                bool RelativeToPrimary = false,
5690                                               const FunctionDecl *Pattern = 0);
5691
5692  /// \brief A template instantiation that is currently in progress.
5693  struct ActiveTemplateInstantiation {
5694    /// \brief The kind of template instantiation we are performing
5695    enum InstantiationKind {
5696      /// We are instantiating a template declaration. The entity is
5697      /// the declaration we're instantiating (e.g., a CXXRecordDecl).
5698      TemplateInstantiation,
5699
5700      /// We are instantiating a default argument for a template
5701      /// parameter. The Entity is the template, and
5702      /// TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArguments provides the template
5703      /// arguments as specified.
5704      /// FIXME: Use a TemplateArgumentList
5705      DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation,
5706
5707      /// We are instantiating a default argument for a function.
5708      /// The Entity is the ParmVarDecl, and TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArgs
5709      /// provides the template arguments as specified.
5710      DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation,
5711
5712      /// We are substituting explicit template arguments provided for
5713      /// a function template. The entity is a FunctionTemplateDecl.
5714      ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution,
5715
5716      /// We are substituting template argument determined as part of
5717      /// template argument deduction for either a class template
5718      /// partial specialization or a function template. The
5719      /// Entity is either a ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl or
5720      /// a FunctionTemplateDecl.
5721      DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution,
5722
5723      /// We are substituting prior template arguments into a new
5724      /// template parameter. The template parameter itself is either a
5725      /// NonTypeTemplateParmDecl or a TemplateTemplateParmDecl.
5726      PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution,
5727
5728      /// We are checking the validity of a default template argument that
5729      /// has been used when naming a template-id.
5730      DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking,
5731
5732      /// We are instantiating the exception specification for a function
5733      /// template which was deferred until it was needed.
5734      ExceptionSpecInstantiation
5735    } Kind;
5736
5737    /// \brief The point of instantiation within the source code.
5738    SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation;
5739
5740    /// \brief The template (or partial specialization) in which we are
5741    /// performing the instantiation, for substitutions of prior template
5742    /// arguments.
5743    NamedDecl *Template;
5744
5745    /// \brief The entity that is being instantiated.
5746    Decl *Entity;
5747
5748    /// \brief The list of template arguments we are substituting, if they
5749    /// are not part of the entity.
5750    const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs;
5751
5752    /// \brief The number of template arguments in TemplateArgs.
5753    unsigned NumTemplateArgs;
5754
5755    /// \brief The template deduction info object associated with the
5756    /// substitution or checking of explicit or deduced template arguments.
5757    sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *DeductionInfo;
5758
5759    /// \brief The source range that covers the construct that cause
5760    /// the instantiation, e.g., the template-id that causes a class
5761    /// template instantiation.
5762    SourceRange InstantiationRange;
5763
5764    ActiveTemplateInstantiation()
5765      : Kind(TemplateInstantiation), Template(0), Entity(0), TemplateArgs(0),
5766        NumTemplateArgs(0), DeductionInfo(0) {}
5767
5768    /// \brief Determines whether this template is an actual instantiation
5769    /// that should be counted toward the maximum instantiation depth.
5770    bool isInstantiationRecord() const;
5771
5772    friend bool operator==(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X,
5773                           const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) {
5774      if (X.Kind != Y.Kind)
5775        return false;
5776
5777      if (X.Entity != Y.Entity)
5778        return false;
5779
5780      switch (X.Kind) {
5781      case TemplateInstantiation:
5782      case ExceptionSpecInstantiation:
5783        return true;
5784
5785      case PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution:
5786      case DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking:
5787        if (X.Template != Y.Template)
5788          return false;
5789
5790        // Fall through
5791
5792      case DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation:
5793      case ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution:
5794      case DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution:
5795      case DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation:
5796        return X.TemplateArgs == Y.TemplateArgs;
5797
5798      }
5799
5800      llvm_unreachable("Invalid InstantiationKind!");
5801    }
5802
5803    friend bool operator!=(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X,
5804                           const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) {
5805      return !(X == Y);
5806    }
5807  };
5808
5809  /// \brief List of active template instantiations.
5810  ///
5811  /// This vector is treated as a stack. As one template instantiation
5812  /// requires another template instantiation, additional
5813  /// instantiations are pushed onto the stack up to a
5814  /// user-configurable limit LangOptions::InstantiationDepth.
5815  SmallVector<ActiveTemplateInstantiation, 16>
5816    ActiveTemplateInstantiations;
5817
5818  /// \brief Whether we are in a SFINAE context that is not associated with
5819  /// template instantiation.
5820  ///
5821  /// This is used when setting up a SFINAE trap (\c see SFINAETrap) outside
5822  /// of a template instantiation or template argument deduction.
5823  bool InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
5824
5825  /// \brief The number of ActiveTemplateInstantiation entries in
5826  /// \c ActiveTemplateInstantiations that are not actual instantiations and,
5827  /// therefore, should not be counted as part of the instantiation depth.
5828  unsigned NonInstantiationEntries;
5829
5830  /// \brief The last template from which a template instantiation
5831  /// error or warning was produced.
5832  ///
5833  /// This value is used to suppress printing of redundant template
5834  /// instantiation backtraces when there are multiple errors in the
5835  /// same instantiation. FIXME: Does this belong in Sema? It's tough
5836  /// to implement it anywhere else.
5837  ActiveTemplateInstantiation LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext;
5838
5839  /// \brief The current index into pack expansion arguments that will be
5840  /// used for substitution of parameter packs.
5841  ///
5842  /// The pack expansion index will be -1 to indicate that parameter packs
5843  /// should be instantiated as themselves. Otherwise, the index specifies
5844  /// which argument within the parameter pack will be used for substitution.
5845  int ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex;
5846
5847  /// \brief RAII object used to change the argument pack substitution index
5848  /// within a \c Sema object.
5849  ///
5850  /// See \c ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex for more information.
5851  class ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII {
5852    Sema &Self;
5853    int OldSubstitutionIndex;
5854
5855  public:
5856    ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII(Sema &Self, int NewSubstitutionIndex)
5857      : Self(Self), OldSubstitutionIndex(Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex) {
5858      Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = NewSubstitutionIndex;
5859    }
5860
5861    ~ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII() {
5862      Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = OldSubstitutionIndex;
5863    }
5864  };
5865
5866  friend class ArgumentPackSubstitutionRAII;
5867
5868  /// \brief The stack of calls expression undergoing template instantiation.
5869  ///
5870  /// The top of this stack is used by a fixit instantiating unresolved
5871  /// function calls to fix the AST to match the textual change it prints.
5872  SmallVector<CallExpr *, 8> CallsUndergoingInstantiation;
5873
5874  /// \brief For each declaration that involved template argument deduction, the
5875  /// set of diagnostics that were suppressed during that template argument
5876  /// deduction.
5877  ///
5878  /// FIXME: Serialize this structure to the AST file.
5879  llvm::DenseMap<Decl *, SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 1> >
5880    SuppressedDiagnostics;
5881
5882  /// \brief A stack object to be created when performing template
5883  /// instantiation.
5884  ///
5885  /// Construction of an object of type \c InstantiatingTemplate
5886  /// pushes the current instantiation onto the stack of active
5887  /// instantiations. If the size of this stack exceeds the maximum
5888  /// number of recursive template instantiations, construction
5889  /// produces an error and evaluates true.
5890  ///
5891  /// Destruction of this object will pop the named instantiation off
5892  /// the stack.
5893  struct InstantiatingTemplate {
5894    /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a class template,
5895    /// function template, or a member thereof.
5896    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
5897                          Decl *Entity,
5898                          SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
5899
5900    struct ExceptionSpecification {};
5901    /// \brief Note that we are instantiating an exception specification
5902    /// of a function template.
5903    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
5904                          FunctionDecl *Entity, ExceptionSpecification,
5905                          SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
5906
5907    /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a
5908    /// template-id.
5909    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
5910                          TemplateDecl *Template,
5911                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
5912                          SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
5913
5914    /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a
5915    /// template-id.
5916    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
5917                          FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5918                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
5919                          ActiveTemplateInstantiation::InstantiationKind Kind,
5920                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo,
5921                          SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
5922
5923    /// \brief Note that we are instantiating as part of template
5924    /// argument deduction for a class template partial
5925    /// specialization.
5926    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
5927                          ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PartialSpec,
5928                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
5929                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo,
5930                          SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
5931
5932    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
5933                          ParmVarDecl *Param,
5934                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
5935                          SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
5936
5937    /// \brief Note that we are substituting prior template arguments into a
5938    /// non-type or template template parameter.
5939    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
5940                          NamedDecl *Template,
5941                          NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param,
5942                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
5943                          SourceRange InstantiationRange);
5944
5945    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
5946                          NamedDecl *Template,
5947                          TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param,
5948                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
5949                          SourceRange InstantiationRange);
5950
5951    /// \brief Note that we are checking the default template argument
5952    /// against the template parameter for a given template-id.
5953    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
5954                          TemplateDecl *Template,
5955                          NamedDecl *Param,
5956                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
5957                          SourceRange InstantiationRange);
5958
5959
5960    /// \brief Note that we have finished instantiating this template.
5961    void Clear();
5962
5963    ~InstantiatingTemplate() { Clear(); }
5964
5965    /// \brief Determines whether we have exceeded the maximum
5966    /// recursive template instantiations.
5967    operator bool() const { return Invalid; }
5968
5969  private:
5970    Sema &SemaRef;
5971    bool Invalid;
5972    bool SavedInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
5973    bool CheckInstantiationDepth(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
5974                                 SourceRange InstantiationRange);
5975
5976    InstantiatingTemplate(const InstantiatingTemplate&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
5977
5978    InstantiatingTemplate&
5979    operator=(const InstantiatingTemplate&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
5980  };
5981
5982  void PrintInstantiationStack();
5983
5984  /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context where
5985  /// template argument substitution failures are not considered
5986  /// errors.
5987  ///
5988  /// \returns An empty \c Optional if we're not in a SFINAE context.
5989  /// Otherwise, contains a pointer that, if non-NULL, contains the nearest
5990  /// template-deduction context object, which can be used to capture
5991  /// diagnostics that will be suppressed.
5992  Optional<sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *> isSFINAEContext() const;
5993
5994  /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context that
5995  /// is not evaluated as per C++ [expr] p5.
5996  bool isUnevaluatedContext() const {
5997    assert(!ExprEvalContexts.empty() &&
5998           "Must be in an expression evaluation context");
5999    return ExprEvalContexts.back().Context == Sema::Unevaluated;
6000  }
6001
6002  /// \brief RAII class used to determine whether SFINAE has
6003  /// trapped any errors that occur during template argument
6004  /// deduction.`
6005  class SFINAETrap {
6006    Sema &SemaRef;
6007    unsigned PrevSFINAEErrors;
6008    bool PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
6009    bool PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE;
6010
6011  public:
6012    explicit SFINAETrap(Sema &SemaRef, bool AccessCheckingSFINAE = false)
6013      : SemaRef(SemaRef), PrevSFINAEErrors(SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors),
6014        PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext(
6015                                      SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext),
6016        PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE(SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE)
6017    {
6018      if (!SemaRef.isSFINAEContext())
6019        SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext = true;
6020      SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = AccessCheckingSFINAE;
6021    }
6022
6023    ~SFINAETrap() {
6024      SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors = PrevSFINAEErrors;
6025      SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext
6026        = PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
6027      SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE;
6028    }
6029
6030    /// \brief Determine whether any SFINAE errors have been trapped.
6031    bool hasErrorOccurred() const {
6032      return SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors > PrevSFINAEErrors;
6033    }
6034  };
6035
6036  /// \brief The current instantiation scope used to store local
6037  /// variables.
6038  LocalInstantiationScope *CurrentInstantiationScope;
6039
6040  /// \brief The number of typos corrected by CorrectTypo.
6041  unsigned TyposCorrected;
6042
6043  typedef llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, TypoCorrection>
6044    UnqualifiedTyposCorrectedMap;
6045
6046  /// \brief A cache containing the results of typo correction for unqualified
6047  /// name lookup.
6048  ///
6049  /// The string is the string that we corrected to (which may be empty, if
6050  /// there was no correction), while the boolean will be true when the
6051  /// string represents a keyword.
6052  UnqualifiedTyposCorrectedMap UnqualifiedTyposCorrected;
6053
6054  /// \brief Worker object for performing CFG-based warnings.
6055  sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings AnalysisWarnings;
6056
6057  /// \brief An entity for which implicit template instantiation is required.
6058  ///
6059  /// The source location associated with the declaration is the first place in
6060  /// the source code where the declaration was "used". It is not necessarily
6061  /// the point of instantiation (which will be either before or after the
6062  /// namespace-scope declaration that triggered this implicit instantiation),
6063  /// However, it is the location that diagnostics should generally refer to,
6064  /// because users will need to know what code triggered the instantiation.
6065  typedef std::pair<ValueDecl *, SourceLocation> PendingImplicitInstantiation;
6066
6067  /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required
6068  /// but have not yet been performed.
6069  std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingInstantiations;
6070
6071  /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required
6072  /// and must be performed within the current local scope.
6073  ///
6074  /// This queue is only used for member functions of local classes in
6075  /// templates, which must be instantiated in the same scope as their
6076  /// enclosing function, so that they can reference function-local
6077  /// types, static variables, enumerators, etc.
6078  std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations;
6079
6080  void PerformPendingInstantiations(bool LocalOnly = false);
6081
6082  TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeSourceInfo *T,
6083                            const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6084                            SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
6085
6086  QualType SubstType(QualType T,
6087                     const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6088                     SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
6089
6090  TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeLoc TL,
6091                            const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6092                            SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
6093
6094  TypeSourceInfo *SubstFunctionDeclType(TypeSourceInfo *T,
6095                            const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6096                                        SourceLocation Loc,
6097                                        DeclarationName Entity,
6098                                        CXXRecordDecl *ThisContext,
6099                                        unsigned ThisTypeQuals);
6100  ParmVarDecl *SubstParmVarDecl(ParmVarDecl *D,
6101                            const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6102                                int indexAdjustment,
6103                                Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions,
6104                                bool ExpectParameterPack);
6105  bool SubstParmTypes(SourceLocation Loc,
6106                      ParmVarDecl **Params, unsigned NumParams,
6107                      const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6108                      SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes,
6109                      SmallVectorImpl<ParmVarDecl *> *OutParams = 0);
6110  ExprResult SubstExpr(Expr *E,
6111                       const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6112
6113  /// \brief Substitute the given template arguments into a list of
6114  /// expressions, expanding pack expansions if required.
6115  ///
6116  /// \param Exprs The list of expressions to substitute into.
6117  ///
6118  /// \param NumExprs The number of expressions in \p Exprs.
6119  ///
6120  /// \param IsCall Whether this is some form of call, in which case
6121  /// default arguments will be dropped.
6122  ///
6123  /// \param TemplateArgs The set of template arguments to substitute.
6124  ///
6125  /// \param Outputs Will receive all of the substituted arguments.
6126  ///
6127  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
6128  bool SubstExprs(Expr **Exprs, unsigned NumExprs, bool IsCall,
6129                  const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6130                  SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &Outputs);
6131
6132  StmtResult SubstStmt(Stmt *S,
6133                       const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6134
6135  Decl *SubstDecl(Decl *D, DeclContext *Owner,
6136                  const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6137
6138  ExprResult SubstInitializer(Expr *E,
6139                       const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6140                       bool CXXDirectInit);
6141
6142  bool
6143  SubstBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation,
6144                      CXXRecordDecl *Pattern,
6145                      const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6146
6147  bool
6148  InstantiateClass(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6149                   CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, CXXRecordDecl *Pattern,
6150                   const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6151                   TemplateSpecializationKind TSK,
6152                   bool Complain = true);
6153
6154  bool InstantiateEnum(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6155                       EnumDecl *Instantiation, EnumDecl *Pattern,
6156                       const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6157                       TemplateSpecializationKind TSK);
6158
6159  struct LateInstantiatedAttribute {
6160    const Attr *TmplAttr;
6161    LocalInstantiationScope *Scope;
6162    Decl *NewDecl;
6163
6164    LateInstantiatedAttribute(const Attr *A, LocalInstantiationScope *S,
6165                              Decl *D)
6166      : TmplAttr(A), Scope(S), NewDecl(D)
6167    { }
6168  };
6169  typedef SmallVector<LateInstantiatedAttribute, 16> LateInstantiatedAttrVec;
6170
6171  void InstantiateAttrs(const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6172                        const Decl *Pattern, Decl *Inst,
6173                        LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = 0,
6174                        LocalInstantiationScope *OuterMostScope = 0);
6175
6176  bool
6177  InstantiateClassTemplateSpecialization(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6178                           ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec,
6179                           TemplateSpecializationKind TSK,
6180                           bool Complain = true);
6181
6182  void InstantiateClassMembers(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6183                               CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation,
6184                            const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6185                               TemplateSpecializationKind TSK);
6186
6187  void InstantiateClassTemplateSpecializationMembers(
6188                                          SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6189                           ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec,
6190                                                TemplateSpecializationKind TSK);
6191
6192  NestedNameSpecifierLoc
6193  SubstNestedNameSpecifierLoc(NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNS,
6194                           const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6195
6196  DeclarationNameInfo
6197  SubstDeclarationNameInfo(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
6198                           const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6199  TemplateName
6200  SubstTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, TemplateName Name,
6201                    SourceLocation Loc,
6202                    const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6203  bool Subst(const TemplateArgumentLoc *Args, unsigned NumArgs,
6204             TemplateArgumentListInfo &Result,
6205             const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6206
6207  void InstantiateExceptionSpec(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6208                                FunctionDecl *Function);
6209  void InstantiateFunctionDefinition(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6210                                     FunctionDecl *Function,
6211                                     bool Recursive = false,
6212                                     bool DefinitionRequired = false);
6213  void InstantiateStaticDataMemberDefinition(
6214                                     SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6215                                     VarDecl *Var,
6216                                     bool Recursive = false,
6217                                     bool DefinitionRequired = false);
6218
6219  void InstantiateMemInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *New,
6220                                  const CXXConstructorDecl *Tmpl,
6221                            const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6222
6223  NamedDecl *FindInstantiatedDecl(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D,
6224                          const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6225  DeclContext *FindInstantiatedContext(SourceLocation Loc, DeclContext *DC,
6226                          const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6227
6228  // Objective-C declarations.
6229  enum ObjCContainerKind {
6230    OCK_None = -1,
6231    OCK_Interface = 0,
6232    OCK_Protocol,
6233    OCK_Category,
6234    OCK_ClassExtension,
6235    OCK_Implementation,
6236    OCK_CategoryImplementation
6237  };
6238  ObjCContainerKind getObjCContainerKind() const;
6239
6240  Decl *ActOnStartClassInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc,
6241                                 IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
6242                                 SourceLocation ClassLoc,
6243                                 IdentifierInfo *SuperName,
6244                                 SourceLocation SuperLoc,
6245                                 Decl * const *ProtoRefs,
6246                                 unsigned NumProtoRefs,
6247                                 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs,
6248                                 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc,
6249                                 AttributeList *AttrList);
6250
6251  Decl *ActOnCompatibilityAlias(
6252                    SourceLocation AtCompatibilityAliasLoc,
6253                    IdentifierInfo *AliasName,  SourceLocation AliasLocation,
6254                    IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLocation);
6255
6256  bool CheckForwardProtocolDeclarationForCircularDependency(
6257    IdentifierInfo *PName,
6258    SourceLocation &PLoc, SourceLocation PrevLoc,
6259    const ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl> &PList);
6260
6261  Decl *ActOnStartProtocolInterface(
6262                    SourceLocation AtProtoInterfaceLoc,
6263                    IdentifierInfo *ProtocolName, SourceLocation ProtocolLoc,
6264                    Decl * const *ProtoRefNames, unsigned NumProtoRefs,
6265                    const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs,
6266                    SourceLocation EndProtoLoc,
6267                    AttributeList *AttrList);
6268
6269  Decl *ActOnStartCategoryInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc,
6270                                    IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
6271                                    SourceLocation ClassLoc,
6272                                    IdentifierInfo *CategoryName,
6273                                    SourceLocation CategoryLoc,
6274                                    Decl * const *ProtoRefs,
6275                                    unsigned NumProtoRefs,
6276                                    const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs,
6277                                    SourceLocation EndProtoLoc);
6278
6279  Decl *ActOnStartClassImplementation(
6280                    SourceLocation AtClassImplLoc,
6281                    IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLoc,
6282                    IdentifierInfo *SuperClassname,
6283                    SourceLocation SuperClassLoc);
6284
6285  Decl *ActOnStartCategoryImplementation(SourceLocation AtCatImplLoc,
6286                                         IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
6287                                         SourceLocation ClassLoc,
6288                                         IdentifierInfo *CatName,
6289                                         SourceLocation CatLoc);
6290
6291  DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnFinishObjCImplementation(Decl *ObjCImpDecl,
6292                                               ArrayRef<Decl *> Decls);
6293
6294  DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardClassDeclaration(SourceLocation Loc,
6295                                     IdentifierInfo **IdentList,
6296                                     SourceLocation *IdentLocs,
6297                                     unsigned NumElts);
6298
6299  DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardProtocolDeclaration(SourceLocation AtProtoclLoc,
6300                                        const IdentifierLocPair *IdentList,
6301                                        unsigned NumElts,
6302                                        AttributeList *attrList);
6303
6304  void FindProtocolDeclaration(bool WarnOnDeclarations,
6305                               const IdentifierLocPair *ProtocolId,
6306                               unsigned NumProtocols,
6307                               SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Protocols);
6308
6309  /// Ensure attributes are consistent with type.
6310  /// \param [in, out] Attributes The attributes to check; they will
6311  /// be modified to be consistent with \p PropertyTy.
6312  void CheckObjCPropertyAttributes(Decl *PropertyPtrTy,
6313                                   SourceLocation Loc,
6314                                   unsigned &Attributes,
6315                                   bool propertyInPrimaryClass);
6316
6317  /// Process the specified property declaration and create decls for the
6318  /// setters and getters as needed.
6319  /// \param property The property declaration being processed
6320  /// \param CD The semantic container for the property
6321  /// \param redeclaredProperty Declaration for property if redeclared
6322  ///        in class extension.
6323  /// \param lexicalDC Container for redeclaredProperty.
6324  void ProcessPropertyDecl(ObjCPropertyDecl *property,
6325                           ObjCContainerDecl *CD,
6326                           ObjCPropertyDecl *redeclaredProperty = 0,
6327                           ObjCContainerDecl *lexicalDC = 0);
6328
6329
6330  void DiagnosePropertyMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *Property,
6331                                ObjCPropertyDecl *SuperProperty,
6332                                const IdentifierInfo *Name);
6333
6334  void DiagnoseClassExtensionDupMethods(ObjCCategoryDecl *CAT,
6335                                        ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID);
6336
6337  void MatchOneProtocolPropertiesInClass(Decl *CDecl,
6338                                         ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl);
6339
6340  Decl *ActOnAtEnd(Scope *S, SourceRange AtEnd,
6341                   Decl **allMethods = 0, unsigned allNum = 0,
6342                   Decl **allProperties = 0, unsigned pNum = 0,
6343                   DeclGroupPtrTy *allTUVars = 0, unsigned tuvNum = 0);
6344
6345  Decl *ActOnProperty(Scope *S, SourceLocation AtLoc,
6346                      SourceLocation LParenLoc,
6347                      FieldDeclarator &FD, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS,
6348                      Selector GetterSel, Selector SetterSel,
6349                      bool *OverridingProperty,
6350                      tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind,
6351                      DeclContext *lexicalDC = 0);
6352
6353  Decl *ActOnPropertyImplDecl(Scope *S,
6354                              SourceLocation AtLoc,
6355                              SourceLocation PropertyLoc,
6356                              bool ImplKind,
6357                              IdentifierInfo *PropertyId,
6358                              IdentifierInfo *PropertyIvar,
6359                              SourceLocation PropertyIvarLoc);
6360
6361  enum ObjCSpecialMethodKind {
6362    OSMK_None,
6363    OSMK_Alloc,
6364    OSMK_New,
6365    OSMK_Copy,
6366    OSMK_RetainingInit,
6367    OSMK_NonRetainingInit
6368  };
6369
6370  struct ObjCArgInfo {
6371    IdentifierInfo *Name;
6372    SourceLocation NameLoc;
6373    // The Type is null if no type was specified, and the DeclSpec is invalid
6374    // in this case.
6375    ParsedType Type;
6376    ObjCDeclSpec DeclSpec;
6377
6378    /// ArgAttrs - Attribute list for this argument.
6379    AttributeList *ArgAttrs;
6380  };
6381
6382  Decl *ActOnMethodDeclaration(
6383    Scope *S,
6384    SourceLocation BeginLoc, // location of the + or -.
6385    SourceLocation EndLoc,   // location of the ; or {.
6386    tok::TokenKind MethodType,
6387    ObjCDeclSpec &ReturnQT, ParsedType ReturnType,
6388    ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, Selector Sel,
6389    // optional arguments. The number of types/arguments is obtained
6390    // from the Sel.getNumArgs().
6391    ObjCArgInfo *ArgInfo,
6392    DeclaratorChunk::ParamInfo *CParamInfo, unsigned CNumArgs, // c-style args
6393    AttributeList *AttrList, tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind,
6394    bool isVariadic, bool MethodDefinition);
6395
6396  ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInQualifiedType(Selector Sel,
6397                                              const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT,
6398                                              bool IsInstance);
6399  ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInObjectType(Selector Sel, QualType Ty,
6400                                           bool IsInstance);
6401
6402  bool CheckARCMethodDecl(ObjCMethodDecl *method);
6403  bool inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl);
6404
6405  ExprResult
6406  HandleExprPropertyRefExpr(const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT,
6407                            Expr *BaseExpr,
6408                            SourceLocation OpLoc,
6409                            DeclarationName MemberName,
6410                            SourceLocation MemberLoc,
6411                            SourceLocation SuperLoc, QualType SuperType,
6412                            bool Super);
6413
6414  ExprResult
6415  ActOnClassPropertyRefExpr(IdentifierInfo &receiverName,
6416                            IdentifierInfo &propertyName,
6417                            SourceLocation receiverNameLoc,
6418                            SourceLocation propertyNameLoc);
6419
6420  ObjCMethodDecl *tryCaptureObjCSelf(SourceLocation Loc);
6421
6422  /// \brief Describes the kind of message expression indicated by a message
6423  /// send that starts with an identifier.
6424  enum ObjCMessageKind {
6425    /// \brief The message is sent to 'super'.
6426    ObjCSuperMessage,
6427    /// \brief The message is an instance message.
6428    ObjCInstanceMessage,
6429    /// \brief The message is a class message, and the identifier is a type
6430    /// name.
6431    ObjCClassMessage
6432  };
6433
6434  ObjCMessageKind getObjCMessageKind(Scope *S,
6435                                     IdentifierInfo *Name,
6436                                     SourceLocation NameLoc,
6437                                     bool IsSuper,
6438                                     bool HasTrailingDot,
6439                                     ParsedType &ReceiverType);
6440
6441  ExprResult ActOnSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc,
6442                               Selector Sel,
6443                               SourceLocation LBracLoc,
6444                               ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
6445                               SourceLocation RBracLoc,
6446                               MultiExprArg Args);
6447
6448  ExprResult BuildClassMessage(TypeSourceInfo *ReceiverTypeInfo,
6449                               QualType ReceiverType,
6450                               SourceLocation SuperLoc,
6451                               Selector Sel,
6452                               ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
6453                               SourceLocation LBracLoc,
6454                               ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
6455                               SourceLocation RBracLoc,
6456                               MultiExprArg Args,
6457                               bool isImplicit = false);
6458
6459  ExprResult BuildClassMessageImplicit(QualType ReceiverType,
6460                                       bool isSuperReceiver,
6461                                       SourceLocation Loc,
6462                                       Selector Sel,
6463                                       ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
6464                                       MultiExprArg Args);
6465
6466  ExprResult ActOnClassMessage(Scope *S,
6467                               ParsedType Receiver,
6468                               Selector Sel,
6469                               SourceLocation LBracLoc,
6470                               ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
6471                               SourceLocation RBracLoc,
6472                               MultiExprArg Args);
6473
6474  ExprResult BuildInstanceMessage(Expr *Receiver,
6475                                  QualType ReceiverType,
6476                                  SourceLocation SuperLoc,
6477                                  Selector Sel,
6478                                  ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
6479                                  SourceLocation LBracLoc,
6480                                  ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
6481                                  SourceLocation RBracLoc,
6482                                  MultiExprArg Args,
6483                                  bool isImplicit = false);
6484
6485  ExprResult BuildInstanceMessageImplicit(Expr *Receiver,
6486                                          QualType ReceiverType,
6487                                          SourceLocation Loc,
6488                                          Selector Sel,
6489                                          ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
6490                                          MultiExprArg Args);
6491
6492  ExprResult ActOnInstanceMessage(Scope *S,
6493                                  Expr *Receiver,
6494                                  Selector Sel,
6495                                  SourceLocation LBracLoc,
6496                                  ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
6497                                  SourceLocation RBracLoc,
6498                                  MultiExprArg Args);
6499
6500  ExprResult BuildObjCBridgedCast(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
6501                                  ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind,
6502                                  SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc,
6503                                  TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
6504                                  Expr *SubExpr);
6505
6506  ExprResult ActOnObjCBridgedCast(Scope *S,
6507                                  SourceLocation LParenLoc,
6508                                  ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind,
6509                                  SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc,
6510                                  ParsedType Type,
6511                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc,
6512                                  Expr *SubExpr);
6513
6514  bool checkInitMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *method, QualType receiverTypeIfCall);
6515
6516  /// \brief Check whether the given new method is a valid override of the
6517  /// given overridden method, and set any properties that should be inherited.
6518  void CheckObjCMethodOverride(ObjCMethodDecl *NewMethod,
6519                               const ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden);
6520
6521  /// \brief Describes the compatibility of a result type with its method.
6522  enum ResultTypeCompatibilityKind {
6523    RTC_Compatible,
6524    RTC_Incompatible,
6525    RTC_Unknown
6526  };
6527
6528  void CheckObjCMethodOverrides(ObjCMethodDecl *ObjCMethod,
6529                                ObjCInterfaceDecl *CurrentClass,
6530                                ResultTypeCompatibilityKind RTC);
6531
6532  enum PragmaOptionsAlignKind {
6533    POAK_Native,  // #pragma options align=native
6534    POAK_Natural, // #pragma options align=natural
6535    POAK_Packed,  // #pragma options align=packed
6536    POAK_Power,   // #pragma options align=power
6537    POAK_Mac68k,  // #pragma options align=mac68k
6538    POAK_Reset    // #pragma options align=reset
6539  };
6540
6541  /// ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign - Called on well formed \#pragma options align.
6542  void ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign(PragmaOptionsAlignKind Kind,
6543                               SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
6544
6545  enum PragmaPackKind {
6546    PPK_Default, // #pragma pack([n])
6547    PPK_Show,    // #pragma pack(show), only supported by MSVC.
6548    PPK_Push,    // #pragma pack(push, [identifier], [n])
6549    PPK_Pop      // #pragma pack(pop, [identifier], [n])
6550  };
6551
6552  enum PragmaMSStructKind {
6553    PMSST_OFF,  // #pragms ms_struct off
6554    PMSST_ON    // #pragms ms_struct on
6555  };
6556
6557  /// ActOnPragmaPack - Called on well formed \#pragma pack(...).
6558  void ActOnPragmaPack(PragmaPackKind Kind,
6559                       IdentifierInfo *Name,
6560                       Expr *Alignment,
6561                       SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
6562                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
6563                       SourceLocation RParenLoc);
6564
6565  /// ActOnPragmaMSStruct - Called on well formed \#pragma ms_struct [on|off].
6566  void ActOnPragmaMSStruct(PragmaMSStructKind Kind);
6567
6568  /// ActOnPragmaUnused - Called on well-formed '\#pragma unused'.
6569  void ActOnPragmaUnused(const Token &Identifier,
6570                         Scope *curScope,
6571                         SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
6572
6573  /// ActOnPragmaVisibility - Called on well formed \#pragma GCC visibility... .
6574  void ActOnPragmaVisibility(const IdentifierInfo* VisType,
6575                             SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
6576
6577  NamedDecl *DeclClonePragmaWeak(NamedDecl *ND, IdentifierInfo *II,
6578                                 SourceLocation Loc);
6579  void DeclApplyPragmaWeak(Scope *S, NamedDecl *ND, WeakInfo &W);
6580
6581  /// ActOnPragmaWeakID - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident.
6582  void ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* WeakName,
6583                         SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
6584                         SourceLocation WeakNameLoc);
6585
6586  /// ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname - Called on well formed
6587  /// \#pragma redefine_extname oldname newname.
6588  void ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* WeakName,
6589                                  IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
6590                                  SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
6591                                  SourceLocation WeakNameLoc,
6592                                  SourceLocation AliasNameLoc);
6593
6594  /// ActOnPragmaWeakAlias - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident = ident.
6595  void ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* WeakName,
6596                            IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
6597                            SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
6598                            SourceLocation WeakNameLoc,
6599                            SourceLocation AliasNameLoc);
6600
6601  /// ActOnPragmaFPContract - Called on well formed
6602  /// \#pragma {STDC,OPENCL} FP_CONTRACT
6603  void ActOnPragmaFPContract(tok::OnOffSwitch OOS);
6604
6605  /// AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord - Adds any needed alignment attributes to
6606  /// a the record decl, to handle '\#pragma pack' and '\#pragma options align'.
6607  void AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RecordDecl *RD);
6608
6609  /// AddMsStructLayoutForRecord - Adds ms_struct layout attribute to record.
6610  void AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RecordDecl *RD);
6611
6612  /// FreePackedContext - Deallocate and null out PackContext.
6613  void FreePackedContext();
6614
6615  /// PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr - Note that we've entered a
6616  /// namespace with a visibility attribute.
6617  void PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr(const VisibilityAttr *Attr,
6618                                   SourceLocation Loc);
6619
6620  /// AddPushedVisibilityAttribute - If '\#pragma GCC visibility' was used,
6621  /// add an appropriate visibility attribute.
6622  void AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Decl *RD);
6623
6624  /// PopPragmaVisibility - Pop the top element of the visibility stack; used
6625  /// for '\#pragma GCC visibility' and visibility attributes on namespaces.
6626  void PopPragmaVisibility(bool IsNamespaceEnd, SourceLocation EndLoc);
6627
6628  /// FreeVisContext - Deallocate and null out VisContext.
6629  void FreeVisContext();
6630
6631  /// AddCFAuditedAttribute - Check whether we're currently within
6632  /// '\#pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited' and, if so, consider adding
6633  /// the appropriate attribute.
6634  void AddCFAuditedAttribute(Decl *D);
6635
6636  /// AddAlignedAttr - Adds an aligned attribute to a particular declaration.
6637  void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *E,
6638                      unsigned SpellingListIndex, bool IsPackExpansion);
6639  void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, TypeSourceInfo *T,
6640                      unsigned SpellingListIndex, bool IsPackExpansion);
6641
6642  // OpenMP directives and clauses.
6643
6644  /// \brief Called on well-formed '#pragma omp threadprivate'.
6645  DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnOpenMPThreadprivateDirective(
6646                        SourceLocation Loc,
6647                        Scope *CurScope,
6648                        ArrayRef<DeclarationNameInfo> IdList);
6649  /// \brief Build a new OpenMPThreadPrivateDecl and check its correctness.
6650  OMPThreadPrivateDecl *CheckOMPThreadPrivateDecl(
6651                        SourceLocation Loc,
6652                        ArrayRef<DeclRefExpr *> VarList);
6653
6654  /// \brief The kind of conversion being performed.
6655  enum CheckedConversionKind {
6656    /// \brief An implicit conversion.
6657    CCK_ImplicitConversion,
6658    /// \brief A C-style cast.
6659    CCK_CStyleCast,
6660    /// \brief A functional-style cast.
6661    CCK_FunctionalCast,
6662    /// \brief A cast other than a C-style cast.
6663    CCK_OtherCast
6664  };
6665
6666  /// ImpCastExprToType - If Expr is not of type 'Type', insert an implicit
6667  /// cast.  If there is already an implicit cast, merge into the existing one.
6668  /// If isLvalue, the result of the cast is an lvalue.
6669  ExprResult ImpCastExprToType(Expr *E, QualType Type, CastKind CK,
6670                               ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue,
6671                               const CXXCastPath *BasePath = 0,
6672                               CheckedConversionKind CCK
6673                                  = CCK_ImplicitConversion);
6674
6675  /// ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind - Returns the cast kind corresponding
6676  /// to the conversion from scalar type ScalarTy to the Boolean type.
6677  static CastKind ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(QualType ScalarTy);
6678
6679  /// IgnoredValueConversions - Given that an expression's result is
6680  /// syntactically ignored, perform any conversions that are
6681  /// required.
6682  ExprResult IgnoredValueConversions(Expr *E);
6683
6684  // UsualUnaryConversions - promotes integers (C99 6.3.1.1p2) and converts
6685  // functions and arrays to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1).
6686  ExprResult UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *E);
6687
6688  // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - converts functions and arrays
6689  // to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1).
6690  ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *E);
6691
6692  // DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion - converts functions and
6693  // arrays to their respective pointers and performs the
6694  // lvalue-to-rvalue conversion.
6695  ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Expr *E);
6696
6697  // DefaultLvalueConversion - performs lvalue-to-rvalue conversion on
6698  // the operand.  This is DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion,
6699  // except that it assumes the operand isn't of function or array
6700  // type.
6701  ExprResult DefaultLvalueConversion(Expr *E);
6702
6703  // DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
6704  // do not have a prototype. Integer promotions are performed on each
6705  // argument, and arguments that have type float are promoted to double.
6706  ExprResult DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *E);
6707
6708  // Used for emitting the right warning by DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion
6709  enum VariadicCallType {
6710    VariadicFunction,
6711    VariadicBlock,
6712    VariadicMethod,
6713    VariadicConstructor,
6714    VariadicDoesNotApply
6715  };
6716
6717  VariadicCallType getVariadicCallType(FunctionDecl *FDecl,
6718                                       const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
6719                                       Expr *Fn);
6720
6721  // Used for determining in which context a type is allowed to be passed to a
6722  // vararg function.
6723  enum VarArgKind {
6724    VAK_Valid,
6725    VAK_ValidInCXX11,
6726    VAK_Invalid
6727  };
6728
6729  // Determines which VarArgKind fits an expression.
6730  VarArgKind isValidVarArgType(const QualType &Ty);
6731
6732  /// GatherArgumentsForCall - Collector argument expressions for various
6733  /// form of call prototypes.
6734  bool GatherArgumentsForCall(SourceLocation CallLoc,
6735                              FunctionDecl *FDecl,
6736                              const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
6737                              unsigned FirstProtoArg,
6738                              Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
6739                              SmallVector<Expr *, 8> &AllArgs,
6740                              VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicDoesNotApply,
6741                              bool AllowExplicit = false,
6742                              bool IsListInitialization = false);
6743
6744  // DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
6745  // will create a runtime trap if the resulting type is not a POD type.
6746  ExprResult DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT,
6747                                              FunctionDecl *FDecl);
6748
6749  /// Checks to see if the given expression is a valid argument to a variadic
6750  /// function, issuing a diagnostic and returning NULL if not.
6751  bool variadicArgumentPODCheck(const Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT);
6752
6753  // UsualArithmeticConversions - performs the UsualUnaryConversions on it's
6754  // operands and then handles various conversions that are common to binary
6755  // operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
6756  // routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
6757  // responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
6758  QualType UsualArithmeticConversions(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
6759                                      bool IsCompAssign = false);
6760
6761  /// AssignConvertType - All of the 'assignment' semantic checks return this
6762  /// enum to indicate whether the assignment was allowed.  These checks are
6763  /// done for simple assignments, as well as initialization, return from
6764  /// function, argument passing, etc.  The query is phrased in terms of a
6765  /// source and destination type.
6766  enum AssignConvertType {
6767    /// Compatible - the types are compatible according to the standard.
6768    Compatible,
6769
6770    /// PointerToInt - The assignment converts a pointer to an int, which we
6771    /// accept as an extension.
6772    PointerToInt,
6773
6774    /// IntToPointer - The assignment converts an int to a pointer, which we
6775    /// accept as an extension.
6776    IntToPointer,
6777
6778    /// FunctionVoidPointer - The assignment is between a function pointer and
6779    /// void*, which the standard doesn't allow, but we accept as an extension.
6780    FunctionVoidPointer,
6781
6782    /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types that
6783    /// are not compatible, but we accept them as an extension.
6784    IncompatiblePointer,
6785
6786    /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types which
6787    /// point to integers which have a different sign, but are otherwise
6788    /// identical. This is a subset of the above, but broken out because it's by
6789    /// far the most common case of incompatible pointers.
6790    IncompatiblePointerSign,
6791
6792    /// CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment discards
6793    /// c/v/r qualifiers, which we accept as an extension.
6794    CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers,
6795
6796    /// IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment
6797    /// discards qualifiers that we don't permit to be discarded,
6798    /// like address spaces.
6799    IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers,
6800
6801    /// IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers - The assignment is between two
6802    /// nested pointer types, and the qualifiers other than the first two
6803    /// levels differ e.g. char ** -> const char **, but we accept them as an
6804    /// extension.
6805    IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers,
6806
6807    /// IncompatibleVectors - The assignment is between two vector types that
6808    /// have the same size, which we accept as an extension.
6809    IncompatibleVectors,
6810
6811    /// IntToBlockPointer - The assignment converts an int to a block
6812    /// pointer. We disallow this.
6813    IntToBlockPointer,
6814
6815    /// IncompatibleBlockPointer - The assignment is between two block
6816    /// pointers types that are not compatible.
6817    IncompatibleBlockPointer,
6818
6819    /// IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId - The assignment is between a qualified
6820    /// id type and something else (that is incompatible with it). For example,
6821    /// "id <XXX>" = "Foo *", where "Foo *" doesn't implement the XXX protocol.
6822    IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId,
6823
6824    /// IncompatibleObjCWeakRef - Assigning a weak-unavailable object to an
6825    /// object with __weak qualifier.
6826    IncompatibleObjCWeakRef,
6827
6828    /// Incompatible - We reject this conversion outright, it is invalid to
6829    /// represent it in the AST.
6830    Incompatible
6831  };
6832
6833  /// DiagnoseAssignmentResult - Emit a diagnostic, if required, for the
6834  /// assignment conversion type specified by ConvTy.  This returns true if the
6835  /// conversion was invalid or false if the conversion was accepted.
6836  bool DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
6837                                SourceLocation Loc,
6838                                QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
6839                                Expr *SrcExpr, AssignmentAction Action,
6840                                bool *Complained = 0);
6841
6842  /// DiagnoseAssignmentEnum - Warn if assignment to enum is a constant
6843  /// integer not in the range of enum values.
6844  void DiagnoseAssignmentEnum(QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
6845                              Expr *SrcExpr);
6846
6847  /// CheckAssignmentConstraints - Perform type checking for assignment,
6848  /// argument passing, variable initialization, and function return values.
6849  /// C99 6.5.16.
6850  AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(SourceLocation Loc,
6851                                               QualType LHSType,
6852                                               QualType RHSType);
6853
6854  /// Check assignment constraints and prepare for a conversion of the
6855  /// RHS to the LHS type.
6856  AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType,
6857                                               ExprResult &RHS,
6858                                               CastKind &Kind);
6859
6860  // CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints - Currently used by
6861  // CheckAssignmentOperands, and ActOnReturnStmt. Prior to type checking,
6862  // this routine performs the default function/array converions.
6863  AssignConvertType CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType,
6864                                                     ExprResult &RHS,
6865                                                     bool Diagnose = true);
6866
6867  // \brief If the lhs type is a transparent union, check whether we
6868  // can initialize the transparent union with the given expression.
6869  AssignConvertType CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType,
6870                                                             ExprResult &RHS);
6871
6872  bool IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType);
6873
6874  bool CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(Expr *From, QualType ToType);
6875
6876  ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
6877                                       AssignmentAction Action,
6878                                       bool AllowExplicit = false);
6879  ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
6880                                       AssignmentAction Action,
6881                                       bool AllowExplicit,
6882                                       ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS);
6883  ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
6884                                       const ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS,
6885                                       AssignmentAction Action,
6886                                       CheckedConversionKind CCK
6887                                          = CCK_ImplicitConversion);
6888  ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
6889                                       const StandardConversionSequence& SCS,
6890                                       AssignmentAction Action,
6891                                       CheckedConversionKind CCK);
6892
6893  /// the following "Check" methods will return a valid/converted QualType
6894  /// or a null QualType (indicating an error diagnostic was issued).
6895
6896  /// type checking binary operators (subroutines of CreateBuiltinBinOp).
6897  QualType InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, ExprResult &LHS,
6898                           ExprResult &RHS);
6899  QualType CheckPointerToMemberOperands( // C++ 5.5
6900    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, ExprValueKind &VK,
6901    SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isIndirect);
6902  QualType CheckMultiplyDivideOperands( // C99 6.5.5
6903    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign,
6904    bool IsDivide);
6905  QualType CheckRemainderOperands( // C99 6.5.5
6906    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
6907    bool IsCompAssign = false);
6908  QualType CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
6909    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc,
6910    QualType* CompLHSTy = 0);
6911  QualType CheckSubtractionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
6912    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
6913    QualType* CompLHSTy = 0);
6914  QualType CheckShiftOperands( // C99 6.5.7
6915    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc,
6916    bool IsCompAssign = false);
6917  QualType CheckCompareOperands( // C99 6.5.8/9
6918    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned OpaqueOpc,
6919                                bool isRelational);
6920  QualType CheckBitwiseOperands( // C99 6.5.[10...12]
6921    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
6922    bool IsCompAssign = false);
6923  QualType CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14]
6924    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc);
6925  // CheckAssignmentOperands is used for both simple and compound assignment.
6926  // For simple assignment, pass both expressions and a null converted type.
6927  // For compound assignment, pass both expressions and the converted type.
6928  QualType CheckAssignmentOperands( // C99 6.5.16.[1,2]
6929    Expr *LHSExpr, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, QualType CompoundType);
6930
6931  ExprResult checkPseudoObjectIncDec(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
6932                                     UnaryOperatorKind Opcode, Expr *Op);
6933  ExprResult checkPseudoObjectAssignment(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
6934                                         BinaryOperatorKind Opcode,
6935                                         Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS);
6936  ExprResult checkPseudoObjectRValue(Expr *E);
6937  Expr *recreateSyntacticForm(PseudoObjectExpr *E);
6938
6939  QualType CheckConditionalOperands( // C99 6.5.15
6940    ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
6941    ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation QuestionLoc);
6942  QualType CXXCheckConditionalOperands( // C++ 5.16
6943    ExprResult &cond, ExprResult &lhs, ExprResult &rhs,
6944    ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation questionLoc);
6945  QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&E1, Expr *&E2,
6946                                    bool *NonStandardCompositeType = 0);
6947  QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc,
6948                                    ExprResult &E1, ExprResult &E2,
6949                                    bool *NonStandardCompositeType = 0) {
6950    Expr *E1Tmp = E1.take(), *E2Tmp = E2.take();
6951    QualType Composite = FindCompositePointerType(Loc, E1Tmp, E2Tmp,
6952                                                  NonStandardCompositeType);
6953    E1 = Owned(E1Tmp);
6954    E2 = Owned(E2Tmp);
6955    return Composite;
6956  }
6957
6958  QualType FindCompositeObjCPointerType(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
6959                                        SourceLocation QuestionLoc);
6960
6961  bool DiagnoseConditionalForNull(Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr,
6962                                  SourceLocation QuestionLoc);
6963
6964  /// type checking for vector binary operators.
6965  QualType CheckVectorOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
6966                               SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign);
6967  QualType GetSignedVectorType(QualType V);
6968  QualType CheckVectorCompareOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
6969                                      SourceLocation Loc, bool isRelational);
6970  QualType CheckVectorLogicalOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
6971                                      SourceLocation Loc);
6972
6973  /// type checking declaration initializers (C99 6.7.8)
6974  bool CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *e, QualType t);
6975
6976  // type checking C++ declaration initializers (C++ [dcl.init]).
6977
6978  /// ReferenceCompareResult - Expresses the result of comparing two
6979  /// types (cv1 T1 and cv2 T2) to determine their compatibility for the
6980  /// purposes of initialization by reference (C++ [dcl.init.ref]p4).
6981  enum ReferenceCompareResult {
6982    /// Ref_Incompatible - The two types are incompatible, so direct
6983    /// reference binding is not possible.
6984    Ref_Incompatible = 0,
6985    /// Ref_Related - The two types are reference-related, which means
6986    /// that their unqualified forms (T1 and T2) are either the same
6987    /// or T1 is a base class of T2.
6988    Ref_Related,
6989    /// Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification - The two types are
6990    /// reference-compatible with added qualification, meaning that
6991    /// they are reference-compatible and the qualifiers on T1 (cv1)
6992    /// are greater than the qualifiers on T2 (cv2).
6993    Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification,
6994    /// Ref_Compatible - The two types are reference-compatible and
6995    /// have equivalent qualifiers (cv1 == cv2).
6996    Ref_Compatible
6997  };
6998
6999  ReferenceCompareResult CompareReferenceRelationship(SourceLocation Loc,
7000                                                      QualType T1, QualType T2,
7001                                                      bool &DerivedToBase,
7002                                                      bool &ObjCConversion,
7003                                                bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion);
7004
7005  ExprResult checkUnknownAnyCast(SourceRange TypeRange, QualType CastType,
7006                                 Expr *CastExpr, CastKind &CastKind,
7007                                 ExprValueKind &VK, CXXCastPath &Path);
7008
7009  /// \brief Force an expression with unknown-type to an expression of the
7010  /// given type.
7011  ExprResult forceUnknownAnyToType(Expr *E, QualType ToType);
7012
7013  /// \brief Type-check an expression that's being passed to an
7014  /// __unknown_anytype parameter.
7015  ExprResult checkUnknownAnyArg(SourceLocation callLoc,
7016                                Expr *result, QualType &paramType);
7017
7018  // CheckVectorCast - check type constraints for vectors.
7019  // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this.
7020  // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size.
7021  // returns true if the cast is invalid
7022  bool CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty,
7023                       CastKind &Kind);
7024
7025  // CheckExtVectorCast - check type constraints for extended vectors.
7026  // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this.
7027  // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size,
7028  // or vectors and the element type of that vector.
7029  // returns the cast expr
7030  ExprResult CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, Expr *CastExpr,
7031                                CastKind &Kind);
7032
7033  ExprResult BuildCXXFunctionalCastExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
7034                                        SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7035                                        Expr *CastExpr,
7036                                        SourceLocation RParenLoc);
7037
7038  enum ARCConversionResult { ACR_okay, ACR_unbridged };
7039
7040  /// \brief Checks for invalid conversions and casts between
7041  /// retainable pointers and other pointer kinds.
7042  ARCConversionResult CheckObjCARCConversion(SourceRange castRange,
7043                                             QualType castType, Expr *&op,
7044                                             CheckedConversionKind CCK);
7045
7046  Expr *stripARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e);
7047  void diagnoseARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e);
7048
7049  bool CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(QualType castType,
7050                                             QualType ExprType);
7051
7052  /// checkRetainCycles - Check whether an Objective-C message send
7053  /// might create an obvious retain cycle.
7054  void checkRetainCycles(ObjCMessageExpr *msg);
7055  void checkRetainCycles(Expr *receiver, Expr *argument);
7056  void checkRetainCycles(VarDecl *Var, Expr *Init);
7057
7058  /// checkUnsafeAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned
7059  /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained type.
7060  bool checkUnsafeAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, QualType LHS, Expr *RHS);
7061
7062  /// checkUnsafeExprAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned
7063  /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained expression.
7064  void checkUnsafeExprAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS);
7065
7066  /// CheckMessageArgumentTypes - Check types in an Obj-C message send.
7067  /// \param Method - May be null.
7068  /// \param [out] ReturnType - The return type of the send.
7069  /// \return true iff there were any incompatible types.
7070  bool CheckMessageArgumentTypes(QualType ReceiverType,
7071                                 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, Selector Sel,
7072                                 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
7073                                 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool isClassMessage,
7074                                 bool isSuperMessage,
7075                                 SourceLocation lbrac, SourceLocation rbrac,
7076                                 QualType &ReturnType, ExprValueKind &VK);
7077
7078  /// \brief Determine the result of a message send expression based on
7079  /// the type of the receiver, the method expected to receive the message,
7080  /// and the form of the message send.
7081  QualType getMessageSendResultType(QualType ReceiverType,
7082                                    ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
7083                                    bool isClassMessage, bool isSuperMessage);
7084
7085  /// \brief If the given expression involves a message send to a method
7086  /// with a related result type, emit a note describing what happened.
7087  void EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(const Expr *E);
7088
7089  /// \brief Given that we had incompatible pointer types in a return
7090  /// statement, check whether we're in a method with a related result
7091  /// type, and if so, emit a note describing what happened.
7092  void EmitRelatedResultTypeNoteForReturn(QualType destType);
7093
7094  /// CheckBooleanCondition - Diagnose problems involving the use of
7095  /// the given expression as a boolean condition (e.g. in an if
7096  /// statement).  Also performs the standard function and array
7097  /// decays, possibly changing the input variable.
7098  ///
7099  /// \param Loc - A location associated with the condition, e.g. the
7100  /// 'if' keyword.
7101  /// \return true iff there were any errors
7102  ExprResult CheckBooleanCondition(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc);
7103
7104  ExprResult ActOnBooleanCondition(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
7105                                   Expr *SubExpr);
7106
7107  /// DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition - Given that an expression is
7108  /// being used as a boolean condition, warn if it's an assignment.
7109  void DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E);
7110
7111  /// \brief Redundant parentheses over an equality comparison can indicate
7112  /// that the user intended an assignment used as condition.
7113  void DiagnoseEqualityWithExtraParens(ParenExpr *ParenE);
7114
7115  /// CheckCXXBooleanCondition - Returns true if conversion to bool is invalid.
7116  ExprResult CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Expr *CondExpr);
7117
7118  /// ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow - Convert the specified APInt to have
7119  /// the specified width and sign.  If an overflow occurs, detect it and emit
7120  /// the specified diagnostic.
7121  void ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow(llvm::APSInt &OldVal,
7122                                          unsigned NewWidth, bool NewSign,
7123                                          SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID);
7124
7125  /// Checks that the Objective-C declaration is declared in the global scope.
7126  /// Emits an error and marks the declaration as invalid if it's not declared
7127  /// in the global scope.
7128  bool CheckObjCDeclScope(Decl *D);
7129
7130  /// \brief Abstract base class used for diagnosing integer constant
7131  /// expression violations.
7132  class VerifyICEDiagnoser {
7133  public:
7134    bool Suppress;
7135
7136    VerifyICEDiagnoser(bool Suppress = false) : Suppress(Suppress) { }
7137
7138    virtual void diagnoseNotICE(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR) =0;
7139    virtual void diagnoseFold(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR);
7140    virtual ~VerifyICEDiagnoser() { }
7141  };
7142
7143  /// VerifyIntegerConstantExpression - Verifies that an expression is an ICE,
7144  /// and reports the appropriate diagnostics. Returns false on success.
7145  /// Can optionally return the value of the expression.
7146  ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result,
7147                                             VerifyICEDiagnoser &Diagnoser,
7148                                             bool AllowFold = true);
7149  ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result,
7150                                             unsigned DiagID,
7151                                             bool AllowFold = true);
7152  ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result=0);
7153
7154  /// VerifyBitField - verifies that a bit field expression is an ICE and has
7155  /// the correct width, and that the field type is valid.
7156  /// Returns false on success.
7157  /// Can optionally return whether the bit-field is of width 0
7158  ExprResult VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, IdentifierInfo *FieldName,
7159                            QualType FieldTy, Expr *BitWidth,
7160                            bool *ZeroWidth = 0);
7161
7162  enum CUDAFunctionTarget {
7163    CFT_Device,
7164    CFT_Global,
7165    CFT_Host,
7166    CFT_HostDevice
7167  };
7168
7169  CUDAFunctionTarget IdentifyCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *D);
7170
7171  bool CheckCUDATarget(CUDAFunctionTarget CallerTarget,
7172                       CUDAFunctionTarget CalleeTarget);
7173
7174  bool CheckCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *Caller, const FunctionDecl *Callee) {
7175    return CheckCUDATarget(IdentifyCUDATarget(Caller),
7176                           IdentifyCUDATarget(Callee));
7177  }
7178
7179  /// \name Code completion
7180  //@{
7181  /// \brief Describes the context in which code completion occurs.
7182  enum ParserCompletionContext {
7183    /// \brief Code completion occurs at top-level or namespace context.
7184    PCC_Namespace,
7185    /// \brief Code completion occurs within a class, struct, or union.
7186    PCC_Class,
7187    /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C interface, protocol,
7188    /// or category.
7189    PCC_ObjCInterface,
7190    /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C implementation or
7191    /// category implementation
7192    PCC_ObjCImplementation,
7193    /// \brief Code completion occurs within the list of instance variables
7194    /// in an Objective-C interface, protocol, category, or implementation.
7195    PCC_ObjCInstanceVariableList,
7196    /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template
7197    /// headers.
7198    PCC_Template,
7199    /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template
7200    /// headers within a class.
7201    PCC_MemberTemplate,
7202    /// \brief Code completion occurs within an expression.
7203    PCC_Expression,
7204    /// \brief Code completion occurs within a statement, which may
7205    /// also be an expression or a declaration.
7206    PCC_Statement,
7207    /// \brief Code completion occurs at the beginning of the
7208    /// initialization statement (or expression) in a for loop.
7209    PCC_ForInit,
7210    /// \brief Code completion occurs within the condition of an if,
7211    /// while, switch, or for statement.
7212    PCC_Condition,
7213    /// \brief Code completion occurs within the body of a function on a
7214    /// recovery path, where we do not have a specific handle on our position
7215    /// in the grammar.
7216    PCC_RecoveryInFunction,
7217    /// \brief Code completion occurs where only a type is permitted.
7218    PCC_Type,
7219    /// \brief Code completion occurs in a parenthesized expression, which
7220    /// might also be a type cast.
7221    PCC_ParenthesizedExpression,
7222    /// \brief Code completion occurs within a sequence of declaration
7223    /// specifiers within a function, method, or block.
7224    PCC_LocalDeclarationSpecifiers
7225  };
7226
7227  void CodeCompleteModuleImport(SourceLocation ImportLoc, ModuleIdPath Path);
7228  void CodeCompleteOrdinaryName(Scope *S,
7229                                ParserCompletionContext CompletionContext);
7230  void CodeCompleteDeclSpec(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
7231                            bool AllowNonIdentifiers,
7232                            bool AllowNestedNameSpecifiers);
7233
7234  struct CodeCompleteExpressionData;
7235  void CodeCompleteExpression(Scope *S,
7236                              const CodeCompleteExpressionData &Data);
7237  void CodeCompleteMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
7238                                       SourceLocation OpLoc,
7239                                       bool IsArrow);
7240  void CodeCompletePostfixExpression(Scope *S, ExprResult LHS);
7241  void CodeCompleteTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec);
7242  void CodeCompleteTypeQualifiers(DeclSpec &DS);
7243  void CodeCompleteCase(Scope *S);
7244  void CodeCompleteCall(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args);
7245  void CodeCompleteInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *D);
7246  void CodeCompleteReturn(Scope *S);
7247  void CodeCompleteAfterIf(Scope *S);
7248  void CodeCompleteAssignmentRHS(Scope *S, Expr *LHS);
7249
7250  void CodeCompleteQualifiedId(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
7251                               bool EnteringContext);
7252  void CodeCompleteUsing(Scope *S);
7253  void CodeCompleteUsingDirective(Scope *S);
7254  void CodeCompleteNamespaceDecl(Scope *S);
7255  void CodeCompleteNamespaceAliasDecl(Scope *S);
7256  void CodeCompleteOperatorName(Scope *S);
7257  void CodeCompleteConstructorInitializer(Decl *Constructor,
7258                                          CXXCtorInitializer** Initializers,
7259                                          unsigned NumInitializers);
7260  void CodeCompleteLambdaIntroducer(Scope *S, LambdaIntroducer &Intro,
7261                                    bool AfterAmpersand);
7262
7263  void CodeCompleteObjCAtDirective(Scope *S);
7264  void CodeCompleteObjCAtVisibility(Scope *S);
7265  void CodeCompleteObjCAtStatement(Scope *S);
7266  void CodeCompleteObjCAtExpression(Scope *S);
7267  void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyFlags(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS);
7268  void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyGetter(Scope *S);
7269  void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySetter(Scope *S);
7270  void CodeCompleteObjCPassingType(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &DS,
7271                                   bool IsParameter);
7272  void CodeCompleteObjCMessageReceiver(Scope *S);
7273  void CodeCompleteObjCSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc,
7274                                    IdentifierInfo **SelIdents,
7275                                    unsigned NumSelIdents,
7276                                    bool AtArgumentExpression);
7277  void CodeCompleteObjCClassMessage(Scope *S, ParsedType Receiver,
7278                                    IdentifierInfo **SelIdents,
7279                                    unsigned NumSelIdents,
7280                                    bool AtArgumentExpression,
7281                                    bool IsSuper = false);
7282  void CodeCompleteObjCInstanceMessage(Scope *S, Expr *Receiver,
7283                                       IdentifierInfo **SelIdents,
7284                                       unsigned NumSelIdents,
7285                                       bool AtArgumentExpression,
7286                                       ObjCInterfaceDecl *Super = 0);
7287  void CodeCompleteObjCForCollection(Scope *S,
7288                                     DeclGroupPtrTy IterationVar);
7289  void CodeCompleteObjCSelector(Scope *S,
7290                                IdentifierInfo **SelIdents,
7291                                unsigned NumSelIdents);
7292  void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolReferences(IdentifierLocPair *Protocols,
7293                                          unsigned NumProtocols);
7294  void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolDecl(Scope *S);
7295  void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceDecl(Scope *S);
7296  void CodeCompleteObjCSuperclass(Scope *S,
7297                                  IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
7298                                  SourceLocation ClassNameLoc);
7299  void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationDecl(Scope *S);
7300  void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceCategory(Scope *S,
7301                                         IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
7302                                         SourceLocation ClassNameLoc);
7303  void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationCategory(Scope *S,
7304                                              IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
7305                                              SourceLocation ClassNameLoc);
7306  void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyDefinition(Scope *S);
7307  void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySynthesizeIvar(Scope *S,
7308                                              IdentifierInfo *PropertyName);
7309  void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDecl(Scope *S,
7310                                  bool IsInstanceMethod,
7311                                  ParsedType ReturnType);
7312  void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDeclSelector(Scope *S,
7313                                          bool IsInstanceMethod,
7314                                          bool AtParameterName,
7315                                          ParsedType ReturnType,
7316                                          IdentifierInfo **SelIdents,
7317                                          unsigned NumSelIdents);
7318  void CodeCompletePreprocessorDirective(bool InConditional);
7319  void CodeCompleteInPreprocessorConditionalExclusion(Scope *S);
7320  void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroName(bool IsDefinition);
7321  void CodeCompletePreprocessorExpression();
7322  void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroArgument(Scope *S,
7323                                             IdentifierInfo *Macro,
7324                                             MacroInfo *MacroInfo,
7325                                             unsigned Argument);
7326  void CodeCompleteNaturalLanguage();
7327  void GatherGlobalCodeCompletions(CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator,
7328                                   CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo,
7329                  SmallVectorImpl<CodeCompletionResult> &Results);
7330  //@}
7331
7332  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
7333  // Extra semantic analysis beyond the C type system
7334
7335public:
7336  SourceLocation getLocationOfStringLiteralByte(const StringLiteral *SL,
7337                                                unsigned ByteNo) const;
7338
7339private:
7340  void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *BaseExpr, const Expr *IndexExpr,
7341                        const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE=0,
7342                        bool AllowOnePastEnd=true, bool IndexNegated=false);
7343  void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *E);
7344  // Used to grab the relevant information from a FormatAttr and a
7345  // FunctionDeclaration.
7346  struct FormatStringInfo {
7347    unsigned FormatIdx;
7348    unsigned FirstDataArg;
7349    bool HasVAListArg;
7350  };
7351
7352  bool getFormatStringInfo(const FormatAttr *Format, bool IsCXXMember,
7353                           FormatStringInfo *FSI);
7354  bool CheckFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, CallExpr *TheCall,
7355                         const FunctionProtoType *Proto);
7356  bool CheckObjCMethodCall(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, SourceLocation loc,
7357                           Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs);
7358  bool CheckBlockCall(NamedDecl *NDecl, CallExpr *TheCall,
7359                      const FunctionProtoType *Proto);
7360  void CheckConstructorCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl,
7361                            ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
7362                            const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
7363                            SourceLocation Loc);
7364
7365  void checkCall(NamedDecl *FDecl, ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
7366                 unsigned NumProtoArgs, bool IsMemberFunction,
7367                 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
7368                 VariadicCallType CallType);
7369
7370
7371  bool CheckObjCString(Expr *Arg);
7372
7373  ExprResult CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
7374  bool CheckARMBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
7375  bool CheckMipsBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
7376
7377  bool SemaBuiltinVAStart(CallExpr *TheCall);
7378  bool SemaBuiltinUnorderedCompare(CallExpr *TheCall);
7379  bool SemaBuiltinFPClassification(CallExpr *TheCall, unsigned NumArgs);
7380
7381public:
7382  // Used by C++ template instantiation.
7383  ExprResult SemaBuiltinShuffleVector(CallExpr *TheCall);
7384
7385private:
7386  bool SemaBuiltinPrefetch(CallExpr *TheCall);
7387  bool SemaBuiltinObjectSize(CallExpr *TheCall);
7388  bool SemaBuiltinLongjmp(CallExpr *TheCall);
7389  ExprResult SemaBuiltinAtomicOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult);
7390  ExprResult SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult,
7391                                     AtomicExpr::AtomicOp Op);
7392  bool SemaBuiltinConstantArg(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum,
7393                              llvm::APSInt &Result);
7394
7395  enum FormatStringType {
7396    FST_Scanf,
7397    FST_Printf,
7398    FST_NSString,
7399    FST_Strftime,
7400    FST_Strfmon,
7401    FST_Kprintf,
7402    FST_Unknown
7403  };
7404  static FormatStringType GetFormatStringType(const FormatAttr *Format);
7405
7406  enum StringLiteralCheckType {
7407    SLCT_NotALiteral,
7408    SLCT_UncheckedLiteral,
7409    SLCT_CheckedLiteral
7410  };
7411
7412  StringLiteralCheckType checkFormatStringExpr(const Expr *E,
7413                                               ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
7414                                               bool HasVAListArg,
7415                                               unsigned format_idx,
7416                                               unsigned firstDataArg,
7417                                               FormatStringType Type,
7418                                               VariadicCallType CallType,
7419                                               bool inFunctionCall = true);
7420
7421  void CheckFormatString(const StringLiteral *FExpr, const Expr *OrigFormatExpr,
7422                         ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, bool HasVAListArg,
7423                         unsigned format_idx, unsigned firstDataArg,
7424                         FormatStringType Type, bool inFunctionCall,
7425                         VariadicCallType CallType);
7426
7427  bool CheckFormatArguments(const FormatAttr *Format,
7428                            ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
7429                            bool IsCXXMember,
7430                            VariadicCallType CallType,
7431                            SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range);
7432  bool CheckFormatArguments(ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
7433                            bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx,
7434                            unsigned firstDataArg, FormatStringType Type,
7435                            VariadicCallType CallType,
7436                            SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange range);
7437
7438  void CheckNonNullArguments(const NonNullAttr *NonNull,
7439                             const Expr * const *ExprArgs,
7440                             SourceLocation CallSiteLoc);
7441
7442  void CheckMemaccessArguments(const CallExpr *Call,
7443                               unsigned BId,
7444                               IdentifierInfo *FnName);
7445
7446  void CheckStrlcpycatArguments(const CallExpr *Call,
7447                                IdentifierInfo *FnName);
7448
7449  void CheckStrncatArguments(const CallExpr *Call,
7450                             IdentifierInfo *FnName);
7451
7452  void CheckReturnStackAddr(Expr *RetValExp, QualType lhsType,
7453                            SourceLocation ReturnLoc);
7454  void CheckFloatComparison(SourceLocation Loc, Expr* LHS, Expr* RHS);
7455  void CheckImplicitConversions(Expr *E, SourceLocation CC = SourceLocation());
7456  void CheckForIntOverflow(Expr *E);
7457  void CheckUnsequencedOperations(Expr *E);
7458
7459  /// \brief Perform semantic checks on a completed expression. This will either
7460  /// be a full-expression or a default argument expression.
7461  void CheckCompletedExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation CheckLoc = SourceLocation(),
7462                          bool IsConstexpr = false);
7463
7464  void CheckBitFieldInitialization(SourceLocation InitLoc, FieldDecl *Field,
7465                                   Expr *Init);
7466
7467public:
7468  /// \brief Register a magic integral constant to be used as a type tag.
7469  void RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(const IdentifierInfo *ArgumentKind,
7470                                  uint64_t MagicValue, QualType Type,
7471                                  bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull);
7472
7473  struct TypeTagData {
7474    TypeTagData() {}
7475
7476    TypeTagData(QualType Type, bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull) :
7477        Type(Type), LayoutCompatible(LayoutCompatible),
7478        MustBeNull(MustBeNull)
7479    {}
7480
7481    QualType Type;
7482
7483    /// If true, \c Type should be compared with other expression's types for
7484    /// layout-compatibility.
7485    unsigned LayoutCompatible : 1;
7486    unsigned MustBeNull : 1;
7487  };
7488
7489  /// A pair of ArgumentKind identifier and magic value.  This uniquely
7490  /// identifies the magic value.
7491  typedef std::pair<const IdentifierInfo *, uint64_t> TypeTagMagicValue;
7492
7493private:
7494  /// \brief A map from magic value to type information.
7495  OwningPtr<llvm::DenseMap<TypeTagMagicValue, TypeTagData> >
7496      TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues;
7497
7498  /// \brief Peform checks on a call of a function with argument_with_type_tag
7499  /// or pointer_with_type_tag attributes.
7500  void CheckArgumentWithTypeTag(const ArgumentWithTypeTagAttr *Attr,
7501                                const Expr * const *ExprArgs);
7502
7503  /// \brief The parser's current scope.
7504  ///
7505  /// The parser maintains this state here.
7506  Scope *CurScope;
7507
7508  mutable IdentifierInfo *Ident_super;
7509
7510protected:
7511  friend class Parser;
7512  friend class InitializationSequence;
7513  friend class ASTReader;
7514  friend class ASTWriter;
7515
7516public:
7517  /// \brief Retrieve the parser's current scope.
7518  ///
7519  /// This routine must only be used when it is certain that semantic analysis
7520  /// and the parser are in precisely the same context, which is not the case
7521  /// when, e.g., we are performing any kind of template instantiation.
7522  /// Therefore, the only safe places to use this scope are in the parser
7523  /// itself and in routines directly invoked from the parser and *never* from
7524  /// template substitution or instantiation.
7525  Scope *getCurScope() const { return CurScope; }
7526
7527  IdentifierInfo *getSuperIdentifier() const;
7528
7529  Decl *getObjCDeclContext() const;
7530
7531  DeclContext *getCurLexicalContext() const {
7532    return OriginalLexicalContext ? OriginalLexicalContext : CurContext;
7533  }
7534
7535  AvailabilityResult getCurContextAvailability() const;
7536
7537  const DeclContext *getCurObjCLexicalContext() const {
7538    const DeclContext *DC = getCurLexicalContext();
7539    // A category implicitly has the attribute of the interface.
7540    if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC))
7541      DC = CatD->getClassInterface();
7542    return DC;
7543  }
7544};
7545
7546/// \brief RAII object that enters a new expression evaluation context.
7547class EnterExpressionEvaluationContext {
7548  Sema &Actions;
7549
7550public:
7551  EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions,
7552                                   Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
7553                                   Decl *LambdaContextDecl = 0,
7554                                   bool IsDecltype = false)
7555    : Actions(Actions) {
7556    Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext, LambdaContextDecl,
7557                                            IsDecltype);
7558  }
7559  EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions,
7560                                   Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
7561                                   Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t,
7562                                   bool IsDecltype = false)
7563    : Actions(Actions) {
7564    Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext,
7565                                            Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl,
7566                                            IsDecltype);
7567  }
7568
7569  ~EnterExpressionEvaluationContext() {
7570    Actions.PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
7571  }
7572};
7573
7574}  // end namespace clang
7575
7576#endif
7577